Xerox B105 Multifunction Printer Compact Mono Laser User Manual

VERSION 1.0

MARCH 2026

702P09427

Xerox

B105/B115

Multifunction Printer

User Guide

Xerox

is the trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

Adobe, Adobe Photoshop, Adobe PDF logo, Acrobat, and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks

of Adobe in the United States and/or other countries.

Apple, AirPrint, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone, iOS, Mac, Macintosh, and macOS are trademarks of Apple, Inc., registered in

the U.S. and other countries and regions.

The Bluetooth

word mark is a registered trademark owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks

by Xerox is under license.

PCL

is the trademark of the Hewlett-Packard Company.

ENERGY STAR

and ENERGY STAR mark are registered trademarks owned by the U S. Environmental Protection

Agency.

IOS is a registered trademark or trademark of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and

certain other countries.

Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Server are trademarks of the Microsoft group of companies.

UNIX

is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

Linux

is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

Red Hat

is a registered trademark of Red Hat, Inc.

Fedora is a trademark of Red Hat, Inc.

Ubuntu is a registered trademark of Canonical Ltd.

Debian is a registered trademark of Software in the Public Interest, Inc.

Wi-Fi

and Wi-Fi Direct

are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance

Wi-Fi Protected Setup

™

and WPA

™

are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance

BR41899

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 3

Contents

Getting Started. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

Machine Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Front View B115 Multifunction Printer Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Rear View B115 Multifunction Printer Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Front View B105 Multifunction Printer Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Rear View B105 Multifunction Printer Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Product Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Control Panel Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

B115 Multifunction Printer Control Panel Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

B105 Multifunction Printer Control Panel Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Powering On the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Power Save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Powering Off the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Using the Keypad (B115 Multifunction Printer Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Menu Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Machine Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Network Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Information Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Printing Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Feature Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Copy Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Fax Defaults (B115 Multifunction Printer Only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Configuration Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Accessing Xerox

Embedded Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Accessing the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Logging In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Logging In to Xerox

Embedded Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Logging In at the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

More Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Further Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Xerox Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Installation and Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Installation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Administrator Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Wireless Connectivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Configure Ethernet Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Configuration Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Embedded Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

4 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Administrator User Name and Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Embedded Web Server Administrator Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Configuring Wireless Connectivity Using Embedded Web Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Configuring Wi-Fi Direct

at the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Configuring Wi-Fi Direct

using Embedded Web Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Setting the Ethernet Speed Using Embedded Web Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Adjusting the Altitude. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Network Installation: TCP/IP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Configuring Static IPv4 Addressing at the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Configuring Dynamic IPv4 Addressing at the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Configuring TCP/IP Settings Using Embedded Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Printer Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Windows Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Installing Windows Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Xerox Easy Wireless Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Uninstalling a Windows Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Linux Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Procedure for Installing the Linux Unified Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Sharing Your Machine Locally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Windows Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

LPR Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Raw TCP/IP Printing (Port 9100) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Configure the Windows Printer Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

AirPrint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Scan to PC Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Scan to Network PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Scan to Local PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Fax Setup (B115 Multifunction Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Enable Fax from the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Fax Defaults Using Embedded Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Adjusting Fax Document Settings at the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Fax Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Paper and Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Loading Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Preparing Paper for Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Using Tray 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Setting Paper Size and Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Setting the Paper Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Setting the Paper Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Media Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Contents

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 5

Media Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Media Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Loading Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Automatic Document Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Platen Glass. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Media Output Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Output Tray. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Using the Output Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Printing Using Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Print Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Favorites Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Printer Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Basic Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Paper Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Graphics Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

Advanced Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Output Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Earth Smart Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Xerox Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Printing Using AirPrint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Printing Using Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Printing from Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Printing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Configuring Printer Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Printing Using Unix. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Printing Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Configuring Printer Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Copy Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Load Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Select the Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Enter the Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Start the Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Stop the Copy Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Copy Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Using the Layout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

2-Up or 4-Up Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

ID Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Media Output Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Using the Output Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Contents

6 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scanning Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Scan Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Scanning Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Windows Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Process Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Enable Scan to PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Load Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Select the Scan Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Select the Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Start the Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Stop the Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Macintosh Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Process Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Load Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Enable Scan to PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Select the Scan Destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Start the Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Stop the Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Linux Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Job Type Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Using the Image Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Scan Using TWAIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Scan Using WIA Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Fax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Change Fax Defaults Using Embedded Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Fax Procedure: Sending a Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Load the Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Select the Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Enter the Fax Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Start the Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Fax Confirmation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

To Stop a Fax Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Fax Send Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Multi Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Delay Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Priority Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Other Fax Send Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Fax Receive Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Fax Receive Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Fax Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Tel Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Ans/Fax Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Using Secure Receive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Other Fax Receive Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Contents

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 7

Fax Forward Sent/Received. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Forwarding Sent Faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Forwarding Received Faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Deactivating Fax Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Fax from PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

To Send a fax from the PC: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Address Book Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Using Address Book from the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Searching the Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Speed Dial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Group Dial Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Deleting an Address Book Entry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Printing the Local Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Using Address Book in EWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

To Search for an Address in EWS:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

To Add an Address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

To Edit or Delete an Address: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Security at Xerox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Administrator Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Feature Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Restart Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Machine Digital Certificate Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Information Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Access the Machine Digital Certificate Management Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Create a Self-Signed Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Create a Certificate Signing Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Install a CA Signed Device Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Install Root Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Enable Secure Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Edit or Delete a Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

SNMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

SNMP Traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Edit Community Names or SNMP Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Delete Community Names or SNMP Traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

SNMPv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

IP Sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Enable IP Sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

IP Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Enable IP Filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Contents

8 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

802.1X Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Information Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Enable 802.1X at the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Enable 802.1X using Embedded Web Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Ordering Xerox Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Checking the Status of Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Storage and Handling of Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

When to Order Consumable Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

General Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Redistributing Toner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Replacing the Print Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

Recycling Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Cleaning the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Moving the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Software Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

The Software Upgrade Process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183

Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Status or Wireless LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Clearing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Tips for Avoiding Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Automatic Document Feeder Jams (B115 Multifunction Printer only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Clearing Jams Inside the Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Common Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Paper Feeding Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193

Common Windows Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Common Linux Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Common Macintosh Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Print Quality Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

Copying Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202

Scanning Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Fax Problems (B115 Multifunction Printer only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Further Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Xerox Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Locating the Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Printing a Machine Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Machine Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Contents

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 9

Machine Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Media Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Feature Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Print Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Fax Specifications (B115 Multifunction Printer Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Copy Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Scan Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Network Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Environmental Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

General Guidelines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Emergency Turn Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Laser Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217

Operational Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Operational Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Ozone Release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Printer Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Printer Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Maintenance Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Printer Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Regulatory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223

Basic Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

United States (FCC Regulations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

European Union Lot 4 Imaging Equipment Agreement Environmental Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Germany. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Turkey RoHS Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Regulatory information for 2.4-GHz Wireless LAN Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Eurasian Economic Union Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Ukraine RoHS Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Safety Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Copy Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

United States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Other Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Fax Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

United States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Canada. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

Contents

10 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

South Africa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

New Zealand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Safety Data Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Recycling and Disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

All Countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

Perchlorate Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

European Union. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Domestic/Household Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Professional/Business Environment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Collection and Disposal of Equipment and Batteries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Battery Symbol Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Battery Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Other Countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

Contents

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 11

Getting Started

This chapter contains:

Machine Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Product Configurations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Control Panel Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Powering On the Machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Information Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Feature Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Accessing the Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

More Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Further Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Machine Overview

Before you use your machine, take some time to familiarize yourself with the various features and options.

FRONT VIEW B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER CONFIGURATION

12 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

1. Document Feeder Cover

2. Document Feeder Guide Cover

3. Document Feeder Output Tray

4. Document Feeder Output Support

5. Control Panel

6. Handle

7. Paper Tray 1

8. Tray Handle

9. Output Support

10. Output Tray

11. Document Cover

12. Platen Glass

13. Scan Unit

14. Inner Cover

15. Print Cartridge

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 13

Getting Started

REAR VIEW B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER CONFIGURATION

1. USB Port

2. Network Port

3. Extension Telephone Socket

4. Telephone Line Socket

5. Power Receptacle

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

FRONT VIEW B105 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER CONFIGURATION

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 15

Getting Started

1. Document Cover

2. Control Panel

3. Handle

4. Paper Tray 1

5. Tray Handle

6. Output Support

7. Output Tray

8. Platen Glass

9. Scan Unit

10. Inner Cover

11. Print Cartridge

REAR VIEW B105 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER CONFIGURATION

1. USB Port

2. Power Receptacle

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

Product Configurations

COMPONENT

B105 MULTIFUNCTION

PRINTER

B115 MULTIFUNCTION

PRINTER

Automatic Document Feeder (40 sheets) N/A Standard

Paper Tray 1 (150 sheets) Standard Standard

Output Tray (100 sheets) Standard Standard

AirPrint Standard Standard

Copy Standard Standard

Scan Standard Standard

Fax N/A Standard

E-mail N/A N/A

USB Device Standard Standard

USB Host N/A N/A

Network Printing N/A Standard

Wi-Fi Standard Standard

Wi-Fi Direct

Standard Standard

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 17

Getting Started

Control Panel Overview

The control panel consists of a display, a keypad, and buttons you press to control the functions available on the

printer. The control panel:

• Displays the current operating status of the printer.

• Provides access to copy, print, scan, and fax features.

• Provides access to information pages.

• Prompts you to load paper, replace supplies, and clear jams.

• Displays errors and warnings.

B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER CONTROL PANEL OVERVIEW

NUMBER BUTTON DESCRIPTION

Copy: Activates Copy mode.

Scan: Activates Scan mode.

Display Screen: Displays all the available programming

features, plus general machine information.

Machine Status: Accesses machine information, status

information, the machine serial number, and various

reports to print.

5–6

17–18

Menu: Enters Menu mode and enables you to access

options and settings.

Arrows: The up and down arrows are used to scroll

through the options available in the selected menu, and to

increase or decrease values.

Back: Sends the user back to the higher menu level.

OK: Confirms the selection on the screen.

Address Book: Used to store fax numbers or search for

stored fax numbers.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

NUMBER BUTTON DESCRIPTION

8–9

Keypad: Used to enter alphanumeric characters.

Pause / Redial: In standby mode redials the last number.

In edit mode inserts a pause into a fax number.

Clear All: Clears the last selections made.

Power Save: Sends the machine into Power Save mode or

Power Down. Press the button again to restart a powered

off machine.

Power: Powers the machine on or off.

Stop: Pressing the Stop button stops the job in progress.

Pressing Stop also exits the Menu Mode. If you have

logged in to use the machine, pressing Stop displays the

Log Out option.

Start: Activates a job.

Clear: Clears the last character entered.

Manual Dial: In Fax mode, opens the fax line. Adds .com

to the e-mail address.

Status / Wireless LED: The color of the LEDs indicates the

current status of the machine.

Fax: Activates Fax mode.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 19

Getting Started

B105 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER CONTROL PANEL OVERVIEW

NUMBER BUTTON DESCRIPTION

Copy: Activates Copy mode.

Display Screen: Displays all the available

programming features, plus general machine

information.

Machine Status: Accesses machine information,

status information, the machine serial number and

various reports to print.

4-5

11-12

Menu: Enters Menu mode and enables you to access

options and settings.

Arrows: The up and down arrows are used to scroll

through the options available in the selected menu,

and to increase or decrease values.

Back: Sends the user back to the higher menu level.

OK: Confirms the selection on the screen.

Clear All: Clears the last selections made.

Power Save: Sends the machine into Power Save

mode or Power Down. Press the button again to

restart a powered off machine.

Power: Powers the machine on or off.

Stop: Stops the job in progress. Pressing Stop also

exits the Menu Mode. If you have logged in to use

the machine, pressing Stop displays the Log Out

option.

Start: Activates a job.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

NUMBER BUTTON DESCRIPTION

Status / Wireless LED: The color of the LEDs

indicates the machine’s current status.

Scan: Activates Scan mode.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 21

Getting Started

Powering On the Machine

The power button is located on the control panel. The power cable socket is located at the rear of the printer.

1. Connect the AC Power Cord to the machine and a power outlet. The power cord must be plugged into a

grounded power socket.

2. The printer will connect to a wireless network, if available, when powered on. Refer to Installation and Setup for

instructions on setting wireless settings.

3. Connect the network cable, if required.

Note: The B115 Multifunction Printer will not connect to the wireless network while the network cable is

attached.

4. To allow faxing, connect the telephone line to the LINE Connector.

5. Press the Power button on the control panel.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and whether the

machine is in the Ready state.

POWER SAVE

This machine contains advanced energy conservation technology that reduces power consumption when it is not in

active use. When the printer does not receive data for an extended period of time, the Power Save mode becomes

active and power consumption is automatically lowered.

To enter Power Save mode:

1. Press the Power button.

2. Use the Up/Down arrow buttons to select Power Save and press OK.

POWERING OFF THE MACHINE

There are two ways to power the machine off:

1. Press the Power button.

2. Press the Power Save button, use the Up/Down arrow buttons to select Power Down, then press OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

USING THE KEYPAD (B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER ONLY)

As you perform various tasks, you may need to enter names and numbers. For example, when you set up your

machine, you enter your name or your company’s name, and the fax number. When you store fax numbers in

memory, you may also enter the corresponding names.

1. When you are prompted to enter a letter, locate the button labeled with the character you want. Press the

button until the correct letter appears on the display.

• For example, to enter the letter O, press 6, labeled with MNO.

• Each time you press 6, the display shows a different letter, M, N, O, m, n, o and finally 6.

2. You can enter special characters, such as @ / . & + -. Refer to Keypad Characters.

3. To enter additional letters, repeat step 1. If the next letter is printed on the same button wait 2 seconds

between presses, or move the cursor by pressing the down arrow and press the button again. The cursor will

move to the right and the next letter will appear on the display. If you make a mistake while entering a number

or name, press the up arrow to delete the last digit or character. Then enter the correct number or character.

4. When you have finished entering all characters, press OK.

Keypad Characters

KEY

ASSIGNED NUMBERS, LETTERS, OR CHARACTERS

1 @ / . ‘ 1

2 A B C a b c 2

3 D E F d e f 3

4 G H I g h i 4

5 J K L j k l 5

6 M N O m n o 6

7 P Q R S p q r s 7

8 T U V t u v 8

9 W X Y Z w x y z 9

0 & + - , 0 _

* *

# #

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 23

Getting Started

MENU OVERVIEW

The control panel provides access to various menus. These menus can be accessed by pressing the appropriate

service button, such as Copy, Scan, or Fax and the Menu button. The menu options available are as follows:

COPY MENU SCAN MENU FAX MENU

MACHINE STATUS

• Original Size

• Reduce/Enlarge

• Lighten/Darken

• Original Type

• Collation

• Layout

• Adjust Background

Suppression

Scan To:

• PC

• WSD

• Lighten/Darken

• Resolution

• Original Size

• Multi Send

• Delay Send

• Priority Send

• Send Forward

• Receive Forward

• Secure Receive

• Add Page

• Cancel Job

• Information Pages

• Feature Default

• Fax Setup

• System Setup

• Network

Note: Some menu options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and whether the

machine is in the Ready state. Also, for some services such as fax, additional selections or setups may be

required before the Menu options can be accessed.

MACHINE STATUS MENU

The Machine Status button provides information about the machine and access to the machine setups. After your

machine is installed, it is recommended that you change the settings for various feature options within the print

environment to meet your preferences and needs. A password may be required to access and change these

settings.

The following table shows the available options for each menu item.

INFORMATION

PAGES FEATURE DEFAULTS FAX SETUP SYSTEM SETUP

• Configuration

• Network

Configuration

• Supplies

Information

• Usage Counter

• Fax Received

• Fax Sent

• Scheduled Jobs

• Fax Confirmation

• Junk Fax

• Event Log

• Copy Defaults

• Fax Defaults

• Enable/Disable

• Sending

• Receiving

• Manual TX/RX

• Machine Setup

• Paper Setup

• Sound/Volume

• Maintenance

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

Note: Some menu options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and whether the

machine is in the Ready state.

NETWORK MENU

You may set up the network using the machine's display screen. Before doing that, you must have the relevant

information concerning the type of network protocols and computer system you use. A password may be required

to access and change the Network Setups. Refer to Installation and Setup for information on setting up the

network.

Access the Network menu with the Machine Status button. The following options are available on the Network

menu:

• TCP/IP (IPv4)

• TCP/IP (IPv6)

• Ethernet

• Wi-Fi

• Protocol Manager

• Network Configuration

• Clear Settings

Alternatively, you may set up the network using Embedded Web Server by selecting Properties > Network

Settings.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 25

Getting Started

Software

After you have set up your machine and connected it to your computer, you must install the printer and scanner

software. The software required can be downloaded from www.xerox.com. The following software is available:

OPERATING

SYSTEM CONTENTS

Windows

• Printer Driver: Use the printer driver to take full advantage of your printer’s features.

XPS drivers are provided.

• MFP PC Fax: Use to fax directly from your PC.

• Scanner Driver: TWAIN and Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) drivers are available

for scanning documents on your machine.

• Xerox Easy Document Creator: Used to adjust scan settings and start the scanning

process directly from your computer. The preview window allows you to view the scan

and make adjustments as necessary and preferred settings can be preserved as

‘favorites’ and added to a predefined list.

• Xerox Easy Print Manager (EPM): Conveniently combines access to device settings,

printing/scanning environments, settings/actions, Scan to PC, Fax to PC, and launching

applications such as Xerox Scan Assistant and Embedded Web Server in one location.

Note: Login is required to change Printer Settings.

• Xerox Easy Wireless Setup: Xerox Easy Wireless Setup tool will assist in configuring

the wireless settings.

Linux

• Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s features.

• Scanner Driver: A SANE driver is available for scanning documents on your machine.

Note: Linux software is available on www.xerox.com only.

Unix

• Printer Driver: Use this driver to take full advantage of your printer’s features.

Note: Unix software is available at www.xerox.com only.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

Information Pages

This option allows the user to print the following reports:

REPORT DESCRIPTION

Configuration This report provides information about your machine setup,

including the serial number, IP Address, installed options and the

software version.

Supplies Info Prints the supplies information page.

Fax Sent This report shows information on the faxes you have recently sent.

Note: The machine prints this report every 50

communications.

Fax Received This report shows information on the faxes you have recently

received.

Fax Confirmation This is the report for an individual fax transmission.

Scheduled Jobs This list shows the documents currently stored for delayed faxing

along with the start time and type of each operation.

Junk Fax This list shows the fax numbers specified as junk fax numbers. To

add or delete numbers, access the Junk Fax Setup menu.

Usage Counter This list shows the number of impressions made on the machine.

The list includes:

• Total Impressions

• Black Impressions

• Maintenance Impressions

• Sheets

PRINTING REPORTS

Various reports can be printed to provide information about your machine.

1. Select the Menu button on the control panel.

2. Press the Up/Down arrows to scroll to the Information menu and select OK.

3. Press the Up/Down arrows until the report you require displays and select OK.

4. Select OK to print the report.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 27

Getting Started

Feature Defaults

Your machine provides default settings for Copy and Fax so that you can quickly and easily make selections for your

job. The default selections can be changed by selecting the Machine Status button on the control panel and the

down arrows to select Feature Defaults. A password may be required to access and change the System Setup

settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

COPY DEFAULTS

The default selections for the Copy options can be set to those most frequently used. When you copy a document,

the default settings are used unless they have been changed for the current job. Once the current job is complete

the settings return to the default settings. A password may be required to access and change the default settings.

Copy defaults you can set include:

• Original Size

• Reduce/Enlarge

• Lighten/Darken

• Original Type

• Collation

• Layout

• Adjust Background

FAX DEFAULTS (B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER ONLY)

Your machine provides you with various user-selectable options for setting up the fax system. You can change the

default settings for your preferences and needs. Receiving and Sending settings can be customized. A password

may be required to access and change the Fax Setup settings.

Fax defaults you can set include:

• Lighten/Darken

• Resolution

• Original Size

• Multi Send

• Delay Send

• Priority Send

• Send Forward

• Receive Forward

• Secure Receive

• Add Page

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

• Cancel Job

CONFIGURATION REPORT

The Configuration Report lists printer information such as default settings, installed options, network settings

including IP address, and font settings. Use the information on the configuration page to help you configure

network settings for your printer, and to view page counts and system settings.

Printing a Configuration Report

1. At the printer control panel, press the Machine Status button.

2. Press the Up/Down arrows to display Information Pages, then press OOKK.

3. Press the Up/Down arrows to display Configuration Page, then press OK.

Note: IPv4 and IPv6 address information is located in the Network Setup section of the Configuration Report

under TCP/IP.

ACCESSING XEROX

EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

At your computer, open a Web browser, and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter

or Return.

Note: The IP address of your printer can be found on the configuration page.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 29

Getting Started

Accessing the Printer

The system administrator can set access rights on the printer to ensure that unauthorized users cannot access the

printer. If the system administrator configures authentication and authorization, users require a login and password

to access some or all of the features of the printer. The administrator can also configure accounting to require an

accounting code to access tracked features.

LOGGING IN

Logging in is the process by which you identify yourself to the printer for authentication. If authentication is set to

access printer features, you log in with your user credentials.

LOGGING IN TO XEROX

EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

When Administrator Mode is enabled, the Jobs, Address Book, Properties, and Support tabs are locked until you

enter the administrator user name and password. To log in to Xerox

Embedded Web Server as the administrator:

1. At your computer, open a Web browser and in the address field, type the IP address of the printer and press

Enter or Return.

2. Click Login at the top of the window.

3. Type the administrator ID.

4. Type the password, then type the password again to verify.

5. Click Status, Print, Address Book, Properties, or Support.

LOGGING IN AT THE CONTROL PANEL

1. At the printer control panel, press the Machine Status button.

2. Use the Up/Down arrow buttons to navigate to the Machine Status option you want and press OK.

3. Enter your administrator password using the keypad.

4. Press OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

More Information

You can obtain more information about your printer from these sources:

RESOURCE LOCATION

Other printer

documentation

www.xerox.com/office/B105_B115docs

Technical support

information for your

printer, including online

technical support and

driver downloads.

www.xerox.com/office/B105_B115support

Information Pages Print from the control panel, or from Xerox

Embedded Web Server, select Status >

Print Information.

Xerox

Embedded Web

Server documentation

In Xerox

Embedded Web Server, click Help.

Order supplies for your

printer

www.xerox.com/office/B105_B115supplies

A resource for tools and

information, including

interactive tutorials,

printing templates,

helpful tips, and

customized features to

meet your individual

needs.

www.xerox.com/office/businessresourcecenter

Local sales and support

center

www.xerox.com/office/worldcontacts

Printer registration www.xerox.com/office/register

Xerox

Direct online

store

www.direct.xerox.com/

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 31

Getting Started

Further Assistance

For any additional help, visit our customer website at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support Center quoting

the machine serial number.

XEROX SUPPORT CENTER

If a fault cannot be resolved by following the display instructions, refer to Troubleshooting. If the difficulty persists,

contact the Xerox Support Center. The Xerox Support Center will want to know the nature of the problem, the

machine serial number, the fault code (if any), plus the name and location of your company.

The machine serial number can be found on the Configuration Report under Device Profile. The serial number is

also located on the data plate on the rear cover of the device.

DOCUMENTATION

Most answers to your questions will be provided by this User Guide. Alternatively, you can access www.xerox.com/

support for additional support and the following documents:

• Install Guide - contains information about installing the machine.

• Quick Use Guide - provides basic information on how to use the machine.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Getting Started

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 33

Installation and Setup

This chapter contains:

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Installation Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Embedded Web Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Network Installation: TCP/IP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Printer Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Windows Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Linux Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Sharing Your Machine Locally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Windows Printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Scan to PC Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Fax Setup (B115 Multifunction Printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Overview

This chapter identifies the key settings that you can customize to meet your requirements. Changing these settings

is easy and will save you time when using the machine.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Installation Wizard

1. On initial power on the Installation Wizard runs, the Language menu displays.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select the required language and press OK.

3. The Format Date menu displays. Press the up/down arrows to select one of the following and press OK:

• MM/DD/YYYY

• DD/MM/YYYY

• YYYY/MM/DD

4. The Set Date menu displays.

a. Enter the date using the keypad or press the up/down arrows to increase or decrease the value shown on

the screen.

b. Press the Left/Right arrow buttons to move from one section of the date to another.

c. When you have entered the date press OK.

5. The Format Time menu displays. Press the up/down arrows to select one of the following and press OK.

• 12 Hour

• 24 Hour

6. The Set Time menu displays. Enter the time and press OK.

7. The Metric Defaults menu displays. Press the up/down arrows to select one of the following and press OK.

• Inches

• mm

8. The Default Paper Size menu displays. Press the up/down arrows to select one of the following and press OK.

• Letter

• A4

9. The Allow Upgrade menu displays. Select Yes or No and press OK.

10. The Admin Passcode menu displays. Select Yes or No and press OK. If you select Yes, enter a value on the

SetAdminPasscode menu and CfmAdminPasscode menu.

Note: If you select No, the password will be displayed in the EWS information area of the Network

Configuration Report.

11. The Customer Support menu displays.

a. Press the up/down arrows to select Enter Cust. Support #.

b. The Enter Cust. Support # screen displays. Enter the telephone number of your customer support center.

c. Press OK.

d. The Enter Supplies Order # screen displays.

e. Enter the telephone number to order supplies.

f. Press OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 35

Installation and Setup

12. The Fax Setup menu displays. Press the up/down arrows to select one of the following and press OK:

• Continue Setup

• Skip Setup - go to step 15

13. The Fax Phone Num menu displays. Enter the fax number of the machine and press OK.

14. The Fax ID menu displays. Enter the fax ID of the machine and press OK.

15. The Country menu displays. Press the up/down arrows to select the required country and press OK.

16. The Complete Set Up menu displays. Press the up/down arrows to select Yes or No and press OK.

17. The machine reboots and the Initializing screen displays.

ADMINISTRATOR ACCESS

Certain features accessed at the machine might require Administrator access to change the settings.

Access to the Feature Defaults, System Setup, and Network Settings areas are usually password protected.

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select the required option.

3. Press OK.

4. If required, enter the Administrator Password using the alphanumerical keypad.

Note: If the user sets a password during the Out of Box (OOB) wizard process, the EWS admin password

becomes the one they set. However, if the user skipped entering a password in the OOB wizard, the machine

generates a password, and the EWS admin password becomes the one the machine created. For this case,

the user can know through printing the network configuration report.

5. Press OK. Once the password is verified, the selected option menu displays.

WIRELESS CONNECTIVITY

The Multifunction Printer is compatible with 802.11 (Wi-Fi) wireless networks. The location where the machine is

installed must be covered by an 802.11 wireless network. This is typically provided by a nearby wireless access point

or router, which is physically connected to the wired Ethernet that serves the building.

The machine supports connectivity through a wireless only connection if required. This needs to be manually set up.

Note: The machine will not connect to the wireless network while the network cable is attached.

There are several ways to configure Wireless Connectivity:

• At the Machine. For instructions refer to Configure Wireless Connectivity at the Machine.

• Using Embedded Web Server. For instructions refer to Configuring Wireless Connectivity Using Embedded Web

Server.

• With the Wireless Setting Program. For instructions refer to Xerox Easy Wireless Setup.

Note: Performing the driver installation at this time might aid wireless setup. Refer to Printer Drivers.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Configure Wireless Connectivity at the Machine

1. Press the Machine Status button.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Network and press OK.

3. Enter the Administrator Password using the alphanumerical keypad.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Wi-Fi and press OK. This allows you to select the Wi-Fi setup. The options

are:

• Wi-Fi On/Off - allows you to turn Wi-Fi On or Off.

• Wi-Fi Settings - allows you to use a Wizard to find the wireless network name automatically, or use the

Custom feature to enter the SSID (Service Set Identifier) information manually.

• WPS - allows you to select the Wi-Fi Protected Setup - the options are PBC or PIN.

• Wi-Fi Direct - allows you to enable your wireless devices, such as notebooks, mobile phones and PCs to

establish wireless connectivity without the need for a wireless router, access point, or Wi-Fi hot spots.

• Wi-Fi Signal - allows you view the strength of the wireless connection.

• Wi-Fi Default - allows you to restore the default wireless settings.

5. At the Wi-Fi On/Off menu, confirm that On is selected and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select Wi-Fi Settings and press OK. The options are Wizard and Custom.

a. Select Wizard to have the machine find the WPS Settings automatically. If you select this, the Searching

Wi-Fi Network screen displays and the machine searches the wireless network.

• Select your wireless network and select OK.

• Enter the wireless security information if requested and select OK.

• Select Yes to apply the changes.

b. Select Custom to edit the SSID information manually. If you select this option, the SSID screen displays.

• Enter the SSID using the keypad and select OK.

• Select the Operation Mode and select OK.

• Select the Encryption and select OK.

• Select the WPA Key and select OK.

• Select Yes to apply the changes.

7. At the WPS menu, select PBC or PIN.

8. At the Wi-Fi Direct menu, select On or Off, Device Name, IP Address, Group Owner, Network Key, and

Status.

9. At the Wi-Fi Signal menu, check to see if there is a Wi-Fi signal.

10. At the Wi-Fi Default menu, select Restore if you want to restore defaults.

CONFIGURE ETHERNET SETTINGS

Note: This feature is only applicable to the B115 Multifunction Printer.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 37

Installation and Setup

The Ethernet interface will automatically detect the speed of your network. The machine supports hub/switch

speeds of:

• Automatic

• 10 Mbps Full-Duplex

• 100 Mbps Full-Duplex

• 10 Mbps Half-Duplex

• 100 Mbps Half-Duplex

Set the Ethernet speed on the machine to match the speed set on your hub or switch.

Setting the Ethernet Speed at the Machine

1. Press the Machine Status button.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Network and press OK.

3. Enter the Administrator Password using the alphanumerical keypad.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Ethernet and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select Ethernet Speed and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select one of the following speeds:

• Automatic

• 10 Mbps Half

• 10 Mbps Full

• 100 Mbps Half

• 100 Mbps Full

7. Press OK. The Saved screen displays.

To set the Ethernet Speed using Embedded Web Server, refer to Setting the Ethernet Speed Using Embedded Web

Server.

CONFIGURATION REPORT

The Configuration Report details the machine software versions and network settings configured for the machine.

Print a Configuration Report at the Machine

1. Press the Machine Status button.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Information Pages and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Configuration Page and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Yes and press OK. The Printing screen displays and the configuration report

prints.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Embedded Web Server

Embedded Web Server is the embedded HTTP server application that resides in the machine. Embedded Web

Server allows an administrator to change network and system settings on the machine from the convenience of

their workstation. Once the administrator sets up this application, it offers conveniences for users as well.

Many features available on your machine will need to be set through the machine and Embedded Web Server.

Once they are set up, users will be able to use Embedded Web Server to initiate and/or complete many types of

jobs with their documents.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION

To use Embedded Web Server, you need to enable both TCP/IP and HTTP on the machine. Refer to Configuring

Static IPv4 Addressing at the Machine or Configuring Dynamic IPv4 Addressing at the Machine.

TToo eennaabbllee HHTTTTPP aatt tthhee mmaacchhiinnee::

Note: HTTP is enabled by default.

1. Press the Machine Status button.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Network.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Protocol Mgr.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select HTTP.

5. Select On.

6. Press OK. The Saved screen will appear and the Reboot Required screen will appear.

ADMINISTRATOR USER NAME AND PASSWORD

Many of the features available within Embedded Web Server will require an Administrator user name and password.

EMBEDDED WEB SERVER ADMINISTRATOR ACCESS

To access Embedded Web Server Properties and change settings you will need to log in as Administrator.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter. The Home page appears.

There are two ways to access Embedded Web Server with the administrator login:

• Select Login at the top of the screen, or

• Select the Properties icon. You are then prompted for the ID and password.

3. Enter the user ID and password.

Change the Administrator Password

It is recommended that you change the default administrator password to a more secure password, so this Xerox

machine is not compromised.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 39

Installation and Setup

TToo cchhaannggee tthhee AAddmmiinniissttrraattoorr ppaasssswwoorrdd::

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the administrator ID and password and select Login. Select Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select System Security.

6. Select the System Administrator link.

7. In the Access Control area:

a. Ensure the Web UI Access Control Enable check box is selected.

b. In the Login ID field, enter a new login name.

c. Select the Change password check box to change the password. In the Password field, enter a new

numeric password.

d. Enter the password again in the Confirm Password field.

Caution: Do not forget the password or you might be completely locked out of the system, requiring a

service call.

8. If needed, select Advanced button.

The Advanced Access Control screen appears.

9. Select Protect Login IPv4 Address to enable this feature if required, and enter an IPv4 Address in the box.

10. Select the required option for the Login Failure Policy, for users who fail to login several times.

The options are: Off, 3 times, or 5 times.

11. Select the required option for Auto Logout.

The options are 5, 10, 15, or 30 minutes.

12. Select Save to save your changes.

13. Select Apply to save the changes.

14. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

Password Setup

The install wizard will prompt users to create a unique password as part of setup. If the user does not set a

password at install, a unique password will be generated to login remotely using the EWS.

EWS Login

The firmware now supports auto-generated passwords during initial setup, after a memory clear, or after an erase

all. If you do not select a password at setup, you can find the randomly generated initial password on the network

configuration report page as seen below. Users can use the password to enter the EWS admin mode.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

After entering the EWS admin mode, the machine shows the below message, prompting the user to change the

password to one they select.

Note: The Login ID and Password will be reset if Restore Default: Network Settings or Erase All are

performed.

Updated Logging Features

LLooggggiinngg LLooccaattiioonn

Logs will be stored on the non-volatile memory of the device.

LLooggggiinngg SSiizzee

The device can store up to 50 logs at a time. The earliest stored logs will be deleted to free up storage for new logs,

if needed.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 41

Installation and Setup

LLooggggiinngg CCoonnttrrooll

All stored log data will be removed when executing memory clear.

There will be a record of when memory clear is executed.

If the controller board is replaced, the stored log data will not be backed up on the device.

LLooggggiinngg DDiissppllaayy

Log contents will be shown through the report page.

Log contents will be printed out through the UI menu.

• The products that have an LCD UI will support the page through the menu.

Machine Status > Info. Pages > Event Log

• The products that do not support a UI will support the page through the behavior of pressing the WPS button

for 20 seconds (until the green light is blinking quickly) and releasing the button.

The report page is supported through the user mode menu.

The report page supports only the English language.

Refer to the image below for the report page format.

[SFP/3in1 product example] [4in1 product example]

Deletion Mechanism

EEWWSS EErraassee AAllll mmeennuu

The machine supports the clearing function in EWS as shown in the image below.

The machine will reboot automatically after the function is executed.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

EEWWSS RReessttoorree DDeeffaauulltt mmeennuu

The machine supports the restoring to default function in EWS as shown in the image below.

The machine will reboot automatically after the function is executed.

The table below lists all items that will be cleared by the delete mechanism.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 43

Installation and Setup

O Settings Erased/Restored

X Settings not Restored

SUBSET

GV DATA OR

FUNCTIONS

EWS > PROPERTIES >

SECURITY > SYSTEM

SECURITY > ERASE ALL

EWS > PROPERTIES >

NETWORK SETTINGS >

RESTORE DEFAULT

Sensitive Personal

Information

Location O O

Administrator Contract

(Name, Email, Phone)

O O

Fax Report (Fax Send

Confirmation)

O X

Address Book O X

Fax Send/Receive Forward

Number

O X

IPPs Username O O

AirPrint location O O

AirPrint geographical

location

O O

SNMP authentication

username

O O

Sensitive Security

Parameter

Protect Login IPv4

Address

O O

Auto logout O O

Fax Forward Settings O X

WPA key O O

Wi-Fi direct network O O

CONFIGURING WIRELESS CONNECTIVITY USING EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

Note: The machine will not connect to the wireless network while the network cable is attached.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator ID and the Password and select Login.

5. Select Properties.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

6. In the Network Settings link, select the Wi-Fi link. Then select the Wi-Fi link below that.

7. The Connection Status shows the Link Status of the wireless connection.

8. The Wireless Settings area provides options to configure wireless connectivity. The options are Easy Wi-Fi

Settings and Advanced Settings, and are explained below.

Use the Easy Wireless Settings Wizard

1. Select the Easy Wi-Fi Settings Wizard button to have the machine find the WPS Settings automatically. The

SSID screen appears with a list of available wireless networks.

2. Select the required Network Name SSID and select Next.

3. If encryption is required,

a. Enter the WPA Shared Key.

b. Enter the Confirm Network Key and select Next.

The Wi-Fi Setup Confirmation screen displays.

4. Select Apply.

Configure Advanced Wireless Settings

1. Select the Advanced Settings Custom button. The Advanced Wireless Setup screen appears.

2. To enable Wireless Radio, select On from the Wireless Radio menu.

3. Select the required option for SSID.

• Select Search List and select the required network from the drop-down menu. Select the Refresh button to

update the list of networks available.

• Select Insert New SSID to enter a new wireless network name.

4. In the Security Setup area,

a. Select the required method of Authentication.

b. Select the required method of Encryption.

5. Depending on your selections you may be required to enter some or all of the following information for the

Network Key Setup.

a. Select the required option for Using Key.

b. The Hexadecimal option may be enabled. Select the Hexadecimal check box to deselect if required.

c. Enter the required Network Key and Confirm Network Key.

6. Depending on your selections, you may be required to enter 802.1x Security Setup information.

7. Select Apply to save the changes.

CONFIGURING WI-FI DIRECT

AT THE MACHINE

Refer to Configure Wireless Connectivity at the Machine.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 45

Installation and Setup

CONFIGURING WI-FI DIRECT

USING EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

Wi-Fi Direct

allows you to enable your wireless devices, such as notebooks, mobile phones, and PCs to establish

wireless connectivity without the need for a wireless router, access point, or Wi-Fi hot spots.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password and select Login. Select Properties.

5. In the Network Settings, select the Wi-Fi. Then select Wi-Fi Direct

6. Select On for Wi-Fi Direct

7. Enter the following:

• Device Name

• IP Address

• Activate or Deactivate the Group Owner

• Network Key

8. Select Apply and OK.

SETTING THE ETHERNET SPEED USING EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login.

5. Select Properties.

6. In the Network Settings link select the General link.

7. Select one of the following speeds from the Ethernet Speed drop-down menu:

• Automatic

• 10 Mbps (Half Duplex)

• 10 Mbps (Full Duplex)

• 100 Mbps (Half Duplex)

• 100 Mbps (Full Duplex)

8. Select Apply to save the changes.

The Change to Ethernet Speed rate will take effect after System Reboot screen displays.

9. Select OK.

10. When the Acknowledgement screen displays, select OK.

11. Reboot the machine.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

ADJUSTING THE ALTITUDE

Print quality is affected by atmospheric pressure, which is determined by the height of the machine above sea level.

The following information will guide you on how to set your machine for the best print quality. Wi-Fi must be

configured before you adjust the altitude.

Before you set the altitude value, determine the altitude where you are.

ALTITUDE VALUE

0–1000 M

0–3,280 ft.

Normal

1000–2000 M

3,280–6,561 ft.

High 1

2000–3000 M

6,561–9,842 ft.

High 2

3000–4000 M

9,842–13,123 ft.

High 3

4000–5000 M

13,123–16,404 ft.

High 4

To adjust the altitude, perform the following.

1. Enter the IP Address of the printer in the browser.

2. Select Login and enter the ID and Password.

3. Select Properties > System > Setup.

4. Select an Altitude Adjustment value, based on your altitude in the table above.

5. Select Apply.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 47

Installation and Setup

Network Installation: TCP/IP

These instructions show you how to configure the following using Embedded Web Server:

• TCP/IP v4 and v6

• Domain Name

• DNS

• Zero Configuration Networking

The machine supports TCP/IP versions 4 and 6. IPv6 can be used instead of or in addition to IPv4.

IPv4 and IPv6 settings can be configured directly at the machine user interface, or remotely, through a Web

browser using Embedded Web Server. Instructions for both processes are in this section.

CONFIGURING STATIC IPV4 ADDRESSING AT THE MACHINE

IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn CChheecckklliisstt

Before starting ensure that the following items are available and/or the tasks have been performed:

• Existing operational network utilizing the TCP/IP protocol.

• Ensure that the machine is connected to the network.

• Static IP Address for the machine.

• Subnet Mask Address for the machine.

• Gateway Address for the machine.

• Host Name for the machine.

Procedure

Enter a Static IP Address:

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Network and press OK.

3. Enter the Administrator Password using the alphanumerical keypad.

4. Press the OK button. The Network Settings menu displays.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select TCP/IP(IPv4) and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select Static and press OK.

7. Press the up/down arrows to select IPv4 Address and press OK.

8. Enter the IP Address using the alphanumerical keypad and press OK.

9. Enter details for Subnet Mask using the alphanumerical keypad and press OK.

10. Enter details for Gateway using the alphanumerical keypad and press OK.

11. The Saved screen will display and return to the Network menu.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

DNS Configuration:

1. From the Network menu, press the up/down arrows to select TCP/IP(IPv4) and press OK.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Static and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Primary DNS and press OK.

4. Enter details for Primary DNS using the alphanumerical keypad, then press OK. The Saved screen will display

and return to the Static menu.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select Secondary DNS and press OK.

6. Enter details for Secondary DNS using the alphanumerical keypad and press OK. The Saved screen will display

and return to the Network menu.

CONFIGURING DYNAMIC IPV4 ADDRESSING AT THE MACHINE

IInnffoorrmmaattiioonn CChheecckklliisstt

Before starting ensure that the following items are available and/or the tasks have been performed:

• Existing operational network utilizing the TCP/IP protocol.

• DHCP or BOOTP Server should be available on the network.

• Ensure that the machine is connected to the network.

PPrroocceedduurree

IInnssttaallllaattiioonn vviiaa DDHHCCPP ((DDyynnaammiicc HHoosstt CCoonnffiigguurraattiioonn PPrroottooccooll))

DHCP is enabled on the machine by default. If the machine is connected to the network, the TCP/IP information

will be configured when the machine is powered on and no further configuration is required.

Print a Configuration Report to verify that the information was assigned correctly.

IInnssttaallllaattiioonn vviiaa BBOOOOTTPP oorr DDHHCCPP

Ensure your machine is connected to the network with Ethernet cabling.

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Network Settings and press OK.

3. Enter the Administrator Password using the alphanumerical keypad.

4. Press the OK button, the Network Settings menu displays.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select TCP/IP(IPv4) and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select DHCP and press OK.

7. The Saved screen will display and return to the Network Settings menu.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 49

Installation and Setup

CONFIGURING TCP/IP SETTINGS USING EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

IPv4

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Select Properties.

5. In the Network Settings link select TCP/IPv4 from the directory tree. The TCP/IPv4 page displays.

6. In the Assign IPv4 Address menu, select Automatically or Manually.

7. If Manually is selected, in the TCP/IP Settings area enter details of the machine in the following fields:

a. IPv4 Address

b. Subnet Mask

c. Gateway Address

If Automatically is selected, select BOOTP or DHCP.

Note:

• If BOOTP or DHCP mode is selected, you cannot change the IP Address, Network Mask, or Router/

Gateway Address. Select Auto IP if required.

• New settings will not be applied until the machine is rebooted. Changing the machine’s TCP/IP setting

may cause you to lose your connection to the machine.

8. In the Domain Name area:

a. Enter a domain name in the Domain Name field.

b. Enter an IP address in the Primary DNS Server and Secondary DNS Server fields.

c. Select the Enable box to enable Dynamic DNS Registration if required.

Note: If your DNS Server does not support dynamic updates there is no need to select Enabled.

9. In the WINS area select the box to enable WINS and enter details in the following fields:

a. Primary WINS Server

b. Secondary WINS Server

10. Select Apply to save the changes.

11. Select OK when the acknowledgement message displays.

IPv6

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Select Properties.

5. In the Network Settings link, select TCP/IPv6 from the directory tree.

6. Select the Enable check box to enable IPv6 protocol and select OK.

7. To set a manual address, select Enable Manual Address and enter the address and prefix in the Address/

Prefix area. Information in the Assigned IPv6 Addresses box is automatically populated.

8. The machine performs auto-address DHCPv6 configuration every time it powers up. This is used for neighbor

discovery and address resolution on the local IPv6 subnet. However, you can choose to use manual

configuration, automatic configuration, or a combination of automatic and manual configuration. In the

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Version 6 (DHCPv6) area, select one of the following options:

• Use DHCP as directed by a router - this option is fully automatic. The DHCPv6 Address will be obtained

and displayed on the screen.

• Always Enable DHCP - this option is fully automatic. The DHCPv6 Address will be obtained and displayed

on the screen.

• Never use DHCP - when this option is selected, you must configure the Manual Address Options and DNS

separately.

9. In the Domain Name System Version 6 (DNSv6) area,

a. Enter valid details in the IPv6 Domain Name field.

b. Enter an IP addresses for the Primary DNSv6 Server Address and Secondary DNSv6 Server Address.

c. Check the Dynamic DNSv6 Registration check box to enable this option.

Note: If your DNS Server does not support dynamic updates there is no need to enable DDNS.

10. Select Apply to save the changes.

11. Select OK when the acknowledgement message displays.

Note: Enabling or disabling the TCP/IPv6 protocol will take effect after the system is rebooted. Enabling or

disabling TCP/IPv6 will impact other protocols, for example, LPR/LPD, SNMP, Raw TCP/IP Printing, and

DHCPv6 over TCP/IPv6.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 51

Installation and Setup

Test Access

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the TCP/IP Address of the machine in the Address bar.

Press Enter.

If you use the domain name to specify the machine, use the following format.

http://myhost.example.com

If you use the IP address to specify the machine, use one of the following formats depending on your machine

configuration. An IPv6 address needs to be enclosed in square brackets.

IPv4: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

IPv6: http://[xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx]

Note: If you have changed the port number from the default port number 80, append the number to the

Internet address as follows. In the following examples, the port number is 8080.

IPv4: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx:8080

Domain name: http://myhost.example.com:8080

IPv6: http://[xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxxx]:8080

2. Verify that the home page of Embedded Web Server is displayed.

The Embedded Web Server installation process is now completed.

Note: When your access to Embedded Web Server is encrypted, enter https:// followed by the Internet

address instead of http://.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Printer Drivers

The Xerox B105/B115 Multifunction Printer produces high quality prints from electronic documents. You can access

the printer from your computer by installing the appropriate printer driver. The printer software which can be used

with your machine, the documentation, and the latest versions of the printer drivers can be downloaded from the

Xerox website www.xerox.com.

You can install the printer software for local printing and network printing. To install the printer software on the

computer, perform the appropriate installation procedure for the printer in use. The procedure to install drivers may

differ depending on the operating system you are using. All applications should be closed on your PC before

beginning installation.

This section explains how to install the printer drivers on your computer.

OVERVIEW

The software and documentation for your machine can be downloaded from www.xerox.com. The software

includes the printer drivers for a variety of connectivity setups, covering a wide range of operating systems.

The machine supports the following operating systems:

PLATFORM OPERATING SYSTEMS

Windows

Windows 11 (32/64 bit)

Windows 10 (32/64 bit)

Windows Server 2016 (32/64 bit)

Windows Server 2019 (32/64 bit)

Windows Server 2022 (32/64 bit)

Macintosh macOS 14 and newer

Linux Ubuntu 18, 20, & 22.04

Red Hat Enterprise 8 & 9

Fedora 41 & 42

Debian 11 & 12

Mint 20 & 21

SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 12 & 15

OpenSUSE 16

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 53

Installation and Setup

Windows Drivers

INSTALLING WINDOWS DRIVERS

The following provides instructions for installing Windows drivers on your computer so that your computer can

access your Xerox B105/B115 Multifunction Printer.

Local Printer

A local printer is a printer directly attached to your computer using a printer cable, such as a USB cable. If your

printer is attached to a network, refer to Networked Printer (B115 Multifunction Printer).

Note: If the New Hardware Wizard window appears during the installation procedure, select Close or

Cancel.

1. Ensure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Run the software required for the machine that was downloaded from www.xerox.com.

3. Select Install Software. The Printer Connection Type window displays.

4. Select USB connection. The Select Software to Install window displays.

5. Leave the default selections and select Next. The Installing Software window displays.

6. After the installation is finished, the Setup Completed window displays.

7. Select Print a test page and select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the computer, a Test Print page will be printed. If the Test Print operation is

successful, refer to Print. If the print operation is failed, refer to Troubleshooting.

Networked Printer (B115 Multifunction Printer)

Follow these instructions for installing drivers on your networked printers.

1. Ensure that the printer is connected to your network and powered on.

2. Run the software required for the machine that was downloaded from www.xerox.com.

3. Select Install Software.

4. Select Network connection. The Select Software to Install window displays.

Note: For custom install instructions, refer to Custom Installation.

5. Leave the default selections and select Next. The Installing Software window displays.

6. After the installation is finished, the Setup Completed window displays. Select Print a test page and select

Finish.

If your printer is connected to the computer, a Test Print page will be printed. If the Test Print operation is

successful, refer to Print. If the print operation is failed, refer to Troubleshooting.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Custom Installation

With the custom installation, you can choose individual components to install.

1. Ensure that the printer is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Run the software required for the machine that was downloaded from www.xerox.com.

3. Select Install Software.

4. Select your connection type and select Next. The Select Software to Install window displays.

5. Select Custom from the Setup type drop-down box.

6. Select the components to be installed and select Next.

Note: When you select an option, a description of that option displays at the bottom of the screen.

7. Select Advanced Options if you would like to do any of the following:

• Change the printer name

• Change the default printer

• Share the printer with other users on the network

• Change the destination path where driver files and user guide files will be copied to. Select Browse to

change the path.

8. Select OK to continue, then select Next.

The Copying Files window displays, then the Installing Software window.

9. After the installation is finished, the Setup Completed window displays.

10. Select Print a test page and select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the computer, a Test Print page will be printed. If the Test Print operation is

successful, refer to Print. If the print operation failed, refer to Troubleshooting.

Wireless Printer

Follow these instructions for installing drivers on your wireless printer.

1. Ensure that the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable and powered on.

2. Run the software required for the machine that was downloaded from www.xerox.com.

3. Select Install Software.

The Printer Connection Type window displays.

4. Select Wireless network connection.

5. When asked if you are setting up the printer for the first time, select Yes, I will set up my printer’s wireless

network and select Next.

6. Select your wireless network from the list and select Next.

7. Select Next to proceed. Else select Advanced Settings to set the advanced settings.

8. Select Next.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 55

Installation and Setup

9. Follow the wizard instruction to select and install the printer. Select your connection type and select Next.

The Select Software to Install window displays.

10. After the installation is finished, select Print a test page and select Finish.

If your printer is connected to the computer, a Test Print page will be printed.

If the Test Print operation is successful, refer to Print. If the print operation is failed, refer to Troubleshooting.

XEROX EASY WIRELESS SETUP

When installing the B105/B115 Multifunction Printer you can use the Xerox Easy Wireless Setup program that was

automatically installed with the printer driver to configure the wireless settings.

To Open the Program

1. Select Start > Programs or All Programs > Xerox Printers > Xerox Easy Wireless Setup.

2. Connect the machine to your computer using the USB cable.

Note: During installation, the printer needs to be temporarily connected using the USB cable.

Note: You cannot use your printer on a wired and wireless network at the same time. If your printer is

currently connected to the network with an Ethernet cable, unplug the cable.

3. Select Next.

4. Once the machine is connected to the computer with the USB cable, the program searches for WLAN data.

When the search is complete, the Select Wireless Network window displays.

5. Select your network from the list.

6. Select Advanced Setting.

7. Select Next. The Wireless Network Security screen displays.

8. Enter your Network Password and select Next.

9. Select Finish when the setup is complete.

UNINSTALLING A WINDOWS DRIVER

For Windows follow the steps below to uninstall the driver.

1. Ensure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. From the Start menu, select Programs or All Programs > Xerox Printers > Uninstall Xerox Printer Software.

The Uninstall Xerox Printer Software window displays.

3. Select Next. The Select Software window displays.

4. Select the components you want to remove, select Next, then Yes to confirm.

5. After the software is removed, select Finish.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

If you would like to reinstall the driver over the currently installed driver, a window with an overwriting confirmation

message appears. Confirm it to proceed to the next step. Next steps are same as the first installation you

performed.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 57

Installation and Setup

Linux Drivers

You need to download the Linux software package from the Xerox website to install the printer software.

PROCEDURE FOR INSTALLING THE LINUX UNIFIED DRIVER

1. Ensure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.

You must log in as a super user (root) to install the machine software. If you are not a super user, contact your

system administrator.

2. When the Administrator Login window appears, type in root in the Login field and enter the system password.

3. From the Xerox website, download the Unified Linux Driver package to your computer.

4. Select the Unified Linux Driver package and extract the package.

5. Select cdroot > autorun.

6. When the Welcome screen appears, select Next.

7. When the installation is complete, select Finish.

The installation program has added the Unified Driver Configuration desktop icon and the Unified Driver group to

the system menu for your convenience. If you have any difficulties, consult the on-screen help that is available

through your system menu or called from the driver package Windows applications, such as Unified Driver

Configurator or Image Manager.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Sharing Your Machine Locally

If a host computer is directly connected to the machine with a USB cable and is also connected to the local network

environment, the client computer connected to the local network can use the shared machine through the host

computer to print.

Follow the steps below to set up the computers to share your machine locally.

WINDOWS

Host Computer Setup

1. Install your printer driver. Refer to Installing Windows Drivers.

2. Navigate to the Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers and Scanners from the Windows or through the

control panel.

3. Select your printer and select Printer Properties.

Note: If the Printer properties item has a ?, you can select other printer drivers connected with the selected

printer.

4. Select the Sharing tab.

5. Check the Share this printer check box.

6. Enter details in the Share Name field.

7. Select OK or Next.

Client Computer Setup

1. Install your printer driver. Refer to Installing Windows Drivers.

2. From the Windows Start menu, select All Programs > Accessories > Windows Explorer.

3. Enter the IP address of the host computer and press Enter.

4. If the host computer requires a User name and Password, enter details in the User ID and password field of

the host computer account.

5. Select the printer you want to share and select Connect.

If a setup complete message appears, select OK.

6. Open the file you want to print and start printing.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 59

Installation and Setup

Windows Printing

LPR PRINTING

Install Printer Driver

1. From the Windows Start menu, navigate to the Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers and Scanners.

2. Select Add Device.

3. If the printer is not listed, select the Add manually option.

If any printer is already selected, select Automatically detect and install my Plug and Play printer to

deselect it.

4. Select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings and select Next.

5. Select Create a new port.

6. Select the LPR option from the Type of Port pull-down menu.

7. Select the Next button.

8. Enter the IP Address of the printer.

9. Enter a name for the printer.

10. Select the OK button.

You will be prompted to select the Printer Driver.

11. Select the Browse button.

12. Select the required Printer Driver file ..iinnff.

13. Select the Open button.

14. Select the OK button.

15. Select the printer model from the list.

16. Select the Next button.

17. The Name your Printer screen appears.

18. Enter details in the Printer name field.

19. Select the Next button. The Printer Sharing screen appears.

20. Select the Do not share or Share option and enter the name, location, and comment, if required.

21. Select the Next button.

22. Select Set as the default printer if required.

23. Select Print Test Page to print a test page.

24. Select the Finish button. The printer driver will install.

25. Verify that the test page is printed at the machine.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

INTERNET PRINTING PROTOCOL (IPP) PORT

The Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) defines a standard protocol for printing as well as managing print jobs, media

size, resolution, and so forth. IPP can be used locally or over the Internet, and also supports access control,

authentication, and encryption, making it a much more capable and secure printing solution than older ones.

Note: IPP Printing is enabled by default.

HHooww ttoo EEnnaabbllee tthhee IIPPPP PPoorrtt

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Select Properties.

3. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login.

4. Select Properties.

5. In the Network Settings link, select Raw TCP/IP, LPR, IPP in the directory tree.

6. In the Internet Printing Protocol (IPP) area,

a. For IPP Protocol, select Enable from the drop-down menu.

The Printer URL displays the http:// IP address of the machine and the ipp:// IP address of the

machine.

b. Enter the required printer name in the Printer Name area.

c. Select the Advanced button. Enter the required information for IPP Attribute.

IInnssttaallll PPrriinntteerr DDrriivveerr

1. Select Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Network and Sharing Center > Change adapter

settings.

2. Select the Local Area Connection icon.

3. Select Properties.

4. Ensure that the Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) protocol has been loaded and ensure the check box is selected.

Select OK.

5. Select Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers & Scanners.

6. Select Add device.

The Add Printer window will appear.

7. Select Add manually to manually add the printer.

8. Select a shared printer by name.

9. Type HTTP:// followed by the printer's fully qualified Domain name or IP Address in the URL field.

The Printer Name can be either the Host Name or the SMB Host Name as shown on the machine

Configuration Report, depending on the name resolution used by your network (WINS or DNS).

10. Select the Next button.

11. Select the Have Disk button and browse to the location of the printer driver and select the OK button.

12. Select the Printer Model and select OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 61

Installation and Setup

13. Select Yes if you want to make this the default printer.

14. Select Next.

15. Select Finish.

RAW TCP/IP PRINTING (PORT 9100)

Raw TCP/IP is a printing protocol that is similar to LPR printing. Also known as a direct TCP/IP connection or sockets

interface, it sends information directly to the machine and does not require a Line Printer Daemon (LPD). The

advantages are that connections stay open for multiple print files and spooling is not needed, therefore, printing is

faster and more reliable than LPD printing. Raw TCP/IP printing is contained in Windows and other third-party

applications and operating systems.

Note: Raw TCP/IP Printing is enabled by default for port 9100.

Information Checklist

Refer to the Information Checklist in Configure Static IPv4 Addressing at the Machine.

How to Configure Port 9100

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Select Properties.

3. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, and select Login. Select Properties.

4. In the Network Settings link, select Raw TCP/IP, LPR, IPP in the directory tree.

5. In the Raw TCP/IP Printing area:

a. Select Enable.

b. For Port Number, enter the required port number (1–65535).

6. Select Apply to save the changes or Undo to return the settings to their previous values.

Note: The settings are not applied until you restart the machine.

Install Printer Driver

Refer to Windows Drivers.

CONFIGURE THE WINDOWS PRINTER DRIVER

Manual Print Driver Configuration

To configure the printer driver without using bi-directional communication, follow the steps below:

1. Select the Windows Start menu.

2. Navigate to the Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers and Scanners.

3. Select your printer and select Printing preferences.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

4. Select each tab and change any default printer settings as required.

5. Select Apply.

6. Select OK.

Bi-Directional Support

To configure the printer driver using bi-directional support, follow the steps below:

1. Select the Windows Start menu.

2. Navigate to the Settings > Bluetooth & devices > Printers and Scanners.

3. Select your printer and select Printing properties.

4. Select the Ports tab.

5. Check the Enable bidirectional support check box.

Bi-directional communication automatically updates the printer driver with the printer’s installed options. The

driver’s Printing Preferences will report information about the printer's operational status, active jobs,

completed jobs, and paper status.

6. Select OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 63

Installation and Setup

AirPrint

AirPrint is a software feature that allows for driverless printing from Apple iOS-based mobile devices and macOS-

based devices. AirPrint-enabled printers let you print directly from a Mac, an iPhone, or an iPad.

Note:

• Not all applications support AirPrint.

• Wireless devices must join the same wireless network as the printer.

• For AirPrint to function, both IPP and Bonjour (mDNS) protocols must be enabled.

• The device that submits the AirPrint job must be on the same subnet as the printer. To allow devices to

print from different subnets, configure your network to pass multicast DNS traffic across subnets.

1. Open a Web browser, type the IP address of the printer, then press Enter or Return.

2. Select Login and enter the ID and Password.

3. Select Properties > Network Settings > AirPrint.

4. To enable AirPrint, select Enable.

Note: AirPrint is enabled by default when IPP and Bonjour (mDNS) are both enabled. Enable these

settings by selecting Properties > Network Settings > Raw TCP/IP, LPR, IPP and Properties >

Network Settings > mDNS.

5. To change the printer name, in the Friendly Name field, enter a new name.

6. To enter a location for the printer, in the Location field, enter the location of the printer.

7. To enter a physical location for the printer, in the Geographical Location field, enter the geographic Latitude

and Longitude coordinates in decimal form. For example, use coordinates like +170.1234567 and

+70.1234567 for a location.

8. Select Apply.

9. For the new settings to take effect, restart your printer.

Note: To print from Android phones, use the Mopria Print Service. It is available for download on the Play

Store.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Scan to PC Setup

This section explains how to configure the Scan to Network and Scan to Local PC features.

OVERVIEW

The Scan to Network PC feature allows you to scan from your machine to a computer over the network. The Scan to

Local PC feature allows you to scan from your machine to a computer connected with a USB cable.

Information Checklist

Ensure the Xerox Easy Printer Manager application is installed.

Note: The Xerox Easy Printer Manager program can only be used in the Windows system.

Through the Xerox Easy Printer Manager, you can change scan settings and add or delete the folders where

scanned documents are saved in your computer.

Note: To use the Scan to Local PC feature, it is important to select the Recommended installation option,

when you install the Xerox Easy Printer Manager program.

SCAN TO NETWORK PC

1. Open the Xerox Easy Printer Manager application. Select Start > Programs or All Programs > Xerox

Printers > Xerox Easy Printer Manager > Easy Printer Manager.

2. Select the Switch to Advanced Mode button at the top of the window.

3. Select your machine in the Printer List and add it, if required.

4. Select the Scan to PC Settings button. The Scan to PC Settings screen appears.

5. Select Enable Scan from Device Panel.

6. Select your required settings for Scan Settings:

• Output Color

• Resolution

• Original Size

7. Select your required settings for File Settings:

• Save To

• File Format

• OCR Language

• Delete Original Image after OCR

8. Select the required option in the Actions after Saving area:

• Notify me when complete

• Open with Default Application

• E-mail

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 65

Installation and Setup

• None

9. Select Save.

SCAN TO LOCAL PC

This is a basic scanning method for USB-connected machines.

1. Ensure that the machine is connected to your computer with a USB cable, and powered on.

2. Install the Xerox Easy Printer Manager application.

Note: To use the Scan to Local PC feature it is important to select the Recommended installation when you

install the Xerox Easy Printer Manager program.

3. Select Start > Programs or All Programs > Xerox Printers > Xerox Easy Printer Manager > Easy Printer

Manager to open the Xerox Easy Printer Manager application.

4. Select the Switch to Advanced Mode button at the top of the window.

5. Select your machine in the Printer List if required.

6. Select the Scan to PC Settings button. The Scan to PC Settings screen appears.

7. Select Enable Scan from Device Panel.

8. Select your required settings for Scan Settings:

• Output Color

• Resolution

• Original Size

9. Select your required settings for File Settings:

• Save To

• File Format

• OCR Language

• Delete Original Image after OCR

10. Select the required option in the Actions after Saving area:

• Notify me when complete

• Open with Default Application

• E-mail

• None

11. Select Save.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Fax Setup (B115 Multifunction Printer)

This section explains how to set up the Fax feature of the machine.

OVERVIEW

The Fax feature enables users to send hard copy documents to another fax machine (or multiple fax machines)

using a dedicated phone line connection.

Information Checklist

Before starting ensure that the following items are available and/or the tasks have been performed:

• Ensure that the machine is fully functioning in its existing configuration.

• Ensure that the machine has access to a telephone connection.

• Obtain the telephone number that you will configure as the machine's fax number.

• Connect your telephone cable(s) to the fax port(s) on the machine.

ENABLE FAX FROM THE MACHINE

1. Press the Machine Status button.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Fax Setup and press OK.

3. If prompted, enter the Administrator Password.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Enable/Disable.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select Enable.

6. Press OK.

Test the Fax

1. At the machine, press the Fax button on the control panel.

2. Enter the number of a nearby fax machine using the alphanumerical keypad.

3. Place your documents in the document handler and press the Start button.

4. Verify that your documents are received at the other fax machine.

FAX DEFAULTS USING EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, and select Login. Select Properties.

5. In the Machine Settings link, select the Fax link.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 67

Installation and Setup

6. Select the General link.

7. In the Machine ID & Fax Number area:

a. Enter an ID in the Machine ID field.

b. Enter the fax number in the Fax Number field.

8. In the Change Default area:

a. From the Resolution drop-down menu select one of the available options:

b. From the Lighten/Darken drop-down menu select one of the available options..

c. Select the required option for Original Size.

9. In the Sending area:

a. From the Redial Term drop-down menu select the minutes for the term of each redial.

b. From the Redial Times drop-down menu select the amount of times you want the machine to re-dial.

c. If your telephone system requires you to enter a prefix in front of fax numbers, select Enable and enter

prefix dial details in the Prefix Dial field.

d. Check the ECM Mode check box to enable Error Correction Mode.

e. From the Fax Confirmation drop-down menu select one of the send report options.

• Off

• On: Prints a report when a fax has been sent.

• On-Error: Prints a report when an error occurs.

10. In the Receiving area:

a. From the Receive Mode drop-down menu select the required option for the line:

• Tel: Receives a fax by picking up the handset.

• Fax: Answers an incoming fax call and immediately goes into the fax reception mode.

• Ans/Fax: Select when an answering machine is attached to the machine.

b. From the Ring to Answer drop-down menu select the number of times the machine should ring before

answering.

c. Check the Stamp Receive Name check box to enable the machine to print a page number and the date

and time of receipt on the bottom of each page of a received fax.

d. Check the Receive Start Code check box to initiate fax reception from an extension phone plugged into

the socket on the back of the machine. Select the required start code from the menu (the default is 9).

e. From the Secure Receive drop-down menu, select one of the following options to allow the machine to

hold received faxes in the job queue as Secure Receive fax jobs. The held faxes will remain in the queue

and will only be released from the queue when the user enters the release password.

• Off

• On: This option requires you to enter a Secure Receive passcode and select Apply.

• Print fax in secure receive mode: This option is only available when On is selected from the Secure

Receive menu. Select the Print button and enter the Secure Receive passcode. Select Apply.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

f. Check the Auto Reduction check box to automatically reduce large documents received to fit on the fax

paper size of your machine.

g. In the Discard Size field, enter details of the fax size that can be discarded.

Note: Discard Size is not available with Auto Reduction.

11. Select Apply to save the changes.

12. Select OK when the acknowledgement message displays.

ADJUSTING FAX DOCUMENT SETTINGS AT THE MACHINE

Before starting a fax, change the settings for the fax options according to your original document to get the best

quality. Refer to Fax for detailed steps on faxing.

FAX ADDRESS BOOK

So set up an address book for fax, refer to Address Book.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 69

Installation and Setup

70 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Installation and Setup

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 71

Paper and Media

This chapter contains:

Loading Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Setting Paper Size and Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Media Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Loading Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Media Output Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

This chapter contains information about the different types of stock and stock sizes that can be used on your

machine, available paper trays, and the types of stock and sizes supported by each tray.

Loading Paper

Tray 1 is standard on your machine.

Various media sizes and types can be used in the tray. For more media specifications, refer to Media Specifications.

PREPARING PAPER FOR LOADING

Before loading paper into the tray, flex or fan the edges of the paper stack. This procedure separates any sheets of

paper that are stuck together and reduces the possibility of paper jams.

Note: To avoid unnecessary paper jams and misfeeds, do not remove paper from its packaging until

required.

USING TRAY 1

Tray 1 is located on the front of your machine. It can be closed when not in use, making the product more compact.

Use the tray to print on standard media as well as transparencies, labels, envelopes or postcards.

Use the manual mode for all special media.

Acceptable print media is plain paper from 3.0 x 5.0–8.5 x 14 in. Legal (76 x 127–216 x 356 mm) and weighing

between 16–43 lb. (60–163 g/m²). For more media specifications, refer to Media Specifications.

Loading Tray 1

1. Lower tray 1, located on the front of the machine.

72 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Paper and Media

2. Prepare a stack of paper for loading by flexing or fanning it back and forth. Straighten the edges on a level

surface. Remove any curl on postcards, envelopes, and labels before loading them into the tray.

Note: In the automatic mode, the tray holds a maximum of 150 sheets of 20 lb. (80 g/m

) bond paper, 1

transparency sheet, or 1 envelope. In Manual Feeder mode, selected on the Paper tab in the print driver, the

tray holds 1 sheet of all media types. Use of the manual mode for special media is strongly recommended.

3. Load the print material between the width guides with the print side facing up.

Note: Hold transparencies by the edges and avoid touching the print side.

4. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the stack of print material. Push to move the guide toward the center of

the tray, squeeze to disengage the guide, and move it to the outer edge of the tray. Ensure you have not

loaded too much print media.

5. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the Paper tab in the print driver to specify the correct

paper size and type. Not confirming the paper details may result in printing delays. For information about

setting the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to Setting Paper Size and Type.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the control panel.

Envelope Mode

1. Remove any curl on the envelope before loading it into the tray.

Note:

• One envelope can be loaded. When printing envelopes and other special media, Manual Feeder must

be selected as the source in the print driver Paper tab.

• For more information on media specifications, refer to Media Specifications.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 73

Paper and Media

2. Load the envelope short edge feed and with the flap facing down as shown in the illustration.

3. Adjust the paper guide to the width of the print material.

4. When printing from your computer, ensure you select the Paper tab in the print driver to specify the correct

paper size and type. For the source, you must select Manual Feeder. Not confirming the paper details may

result in printing delays.

Note: For information about setting the paper type and size on the control panel, refer to Setting Paper Size

and Type.

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the control panel.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Paper and Media

Setting Paper Size and Type

After loading paper in the paper tray, set the paper size and type using the control panel. These settings will apply

to Copy and Fax modes. For computer printing, select the paper size and type in the application program you use

on your computer.

Alternatively, to change the paper size and type on your computer, select Xerox Easy Printer Manager >

(Switch to advanced mode) > Device Settings..

Note: The settings made from the printer driver on your computer override the settings on the control panel.

SETTING THE PAPER SIZE

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select System Setup and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Paper Setup and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Paper Size and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper size you want.

7. Press OK to save the selection.

8. Press Back until you return to Ready mode.

If you want to use special sized paper, select a custom paper size in the printer driver.

SETTING THE PAPER TYPE

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select System Setup and press OK. If necessary, enter the using the keypad.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Paper Setup and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Paper Type and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper tray you want and press OK.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select the paper type you want.

7. Press OK to save the selection.

8. Press Back until you return to Ready mode.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 75

Paper and Media

Media Specifications

MEDIA GUIDELINES

When selecting or loading paper, envelopes or other special media, adhere to these guidelines:

• Attempting to print on damp, curled, wrinkled, or torn paper can cause paper jams and poor print quality.

• Use only high quality copier grade paper. Avoid paper with embossed lettering, perforations, or texture that is

too smooth or too rough.

• Store paper in its ream wrapper until ready to use. Place cartons on pallets or shelves, not on the floor. Do not

place heavy objects on top of the paper, whether it is packaged or unpackaged. Keep it away from moisture or

other conditions that can cause it to wrinkle or curl.

• During storage, moisture-proof wrap (any plastic container or bag) should be used to prevent dust and moisture

from contaminating your paper.

• Always use paper and other media that conforms to the specifications.

• Use only well-constructed envelopes with sharp, well creased folds:

– DO NOT use envelopes with clasps and snaps.

– DO NOT use envelopes with windows, coated lining, self-adhesive seals, or other synthetic materials.

– DO NOT use damaged or poorly made envelopes.

• Only use the special media recommended for use in laser printers.

• To prevent special media such as transparencies and label sheets from sticking together, remove them from the

exit tray as they are printed.

• Place transparencies on a flat surface after removing them from the machine.

• Do not leave the special media in the manual feed slot for long periods of time. Dust and dirt may accumulate

on them resulting in spotty printing.

• To avoid smudging caused by fingerprints, handle transparencies and coated paper carefully.

• To avoid fading, do not expose the printed transparencies to prolonged sunlight.

• Store unused media at temperatures between 59°–86° F (15°–30° C). The relative humidity should be between

10–70 percent.

• When loading paper, do not fill above the Maximum Fill line indicated by the symbol

• Verify that your labels’ adhesive material can tolerate fusing temperature of 200° C (392° F) for 0.1 second.

• Ensure that there is no exposed adhesive material between labels.

Caution: Exposed areas can cause labels to peel off during printing, which can cause paper jams.

Exposed adhesive can also cause damage to machine components.

• Do not feed a sheet of labels through the machine more than once. The adhesive backing is designed for one

pass only through the machine.

• Do not use labels that are separating from the backing sheet or are wrinkled, bubbled, or otherwise damaged.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Paper and Media

MEDIA TYPES

Note: Some features may not be available on your model. Check your machine type in Getting Started.

The table below shows the media types supported for Copy, Print, or Fax for each tray for the following paper sizes:

A4 8.27 x 11.69 in. (210 x 297 mm)

Letter 8.5 x 11.0 in. (216 x 279 mm)

Legal 8.5 x 14.0 in. (216 x 355 mm)

Oficio 8.5 x 13.5 in. (216 x 343 mm)

Folio 8.5 x 13.0 in. (216 x 330 mm)

TYPES SUPPORTED WEIGHTS

TRAY 1

AUTOMATIC

FEED

TRAY 1

MANUAL FEED

Plain 19–24 lb. (70–90 g/m

) 0 0

Thick 24–28 lb. (91–105 g/m

) 0 0

Thin 16–18 lb. (60–70 g/m

) 0 0

Cotton 20–24 lb. (75–90 g/m

) x 0

Colored 20–24 lb. (75–90 g/m

) x 0

Preprinted 20–24 lb. (75–90 g/m

) x 0

Recycled 19–24 lb. (70–90 g/m

) 0 0

Transparency (A4 / Letter only) 37–39 lb. (138–146 g/m

) x 0

Labels 32–40 lb. (120–150 g/m

) x 0

Card Stock 32–43 lb. (121–163 g/m

) 0 0

Bond 28–32 lb. (105–120 g/m

) 0 0

Archival 28–32 lb. (105–120 g/m

) if

you need to keep the print-out

for a long period time, such as

archives, select this option

0 0

KKeeyy::

0 - Supported, x - Not Supported

The table below shows the media types supported for Print for each tray for the following paper sizes:

JIS B5 7.17 x 10.12 in. (182 x 257 mm)

ISO B5 6.93 x 9.84 in. (176 x 250 mm)

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 77

Paper and Media

Executive 7.25 x 10.50 in. (184.2 x 266.7 mm)

A5 5.85 x 8.27 in. (148.5 x 210 mm)

A6 4.13 x 5.85 in. (105 x 148.5 mm)

Postcard 4 x 6 in. (101.6 x 152.4 mm)

Monarch Envelopes 3.88 x 7.5 in. (98.4 x 190.5 mm)

DL Envelopes 4.33 x 8.66 in. (110 x 220 mm)

C5 Envelopes 6.38 x 9.02 in. (162.0 x 229 mm)

C6 Envelopes 4.49 x 6.38 in. (114 x 162 mm)

No.10 Envelopes 4.12 x 9.5 in. (105 x 241 mm)

TYPES SUPPORTED WEIGHTS

TRAY 1

AUTOMATIC

FEED

TRAY 1

MANUAL

FEED

Plain 19–24 lb. (70–90 g/m

) 0 0

Thick 24–28 lb. (91–105 g/m

) 0 0

Thin 16–18 lb. (60–70 g/m

) 0 0

Cotton 20–24 lb. (75–90 g/m

) x 0

Colored 20–24 lb. (75–90 g/m

) x 0

Preprinted 20–24 lb. (75–90 g/m

) x 0

Recycled 19–24 lb. (70–90 g/m

) 0 0

Postcard 32–43 lb. (121–163 g/m

) card stock x 0

Envelopes 20–24 lb. (75–90 g/m

) x 0

KKeeyy::

0 - Supported, x - Not Supported

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Paper and Media

Loading Documents

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the platen glass.

Note: Some features may not be available on your model. Check your machine type in Getting Started.

AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 40 originals of 20 lb. (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the document.

PLATEN GLASS

The platen glass can be used for oversized, torn, or damaged originals, and for books and magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single documents face down on the platen glass aligned with

the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 in. or A4. For other sized documents, change the Original Size option.

Refer to Copy Options.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when several copies are selected.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 79

Paper and Media

Media Output Location

Note: Some features may not be available on your model. Check your machine type in Getting Started.

OUTPUT TRAY

The machine has one output location:

• Output tray (face down) up to a maximum of 100 sheets of 20 lb. (80 g/m²) paper, 10 transparencies and 10

sheets of labels.

USING THE OUTPUT TRAY

The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Paper and Media

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 81

This chapter contains:

Printing Using Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Printing Using AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Printing Using Linux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Printing Using Unix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

This product produces high quality prints from electronic documents. You can access the printer from your

computer by installing the appropriate printer driver. You can download the latest version of the drivers from the

Xerox website at www.xerox.com.

Printing Using Windows

The following provides an overview of the print procedure and features available when printing using Windows.

Note:

• Some options may be unavailable depending on your printer model and configuration.

• Images are representative only.

PRINT PROCEDURE

Documents can be printed from your computer using the printer drivers supplied. The printer driver must be loaded

on each PC which uses the machine for printing.

Note: When you select an option in Printing Properties or Preferences, you may see a warning mark or a

cross mark

. A means you can select that certain option but it is not recommended and a means

you cannot select that option due to the machine setting or environment.

1. Select Print in your application.

2. From the Printer > Name drop-down menu, select your machine.

3. Select Properties or Preferences to make your print selections on the individual tabs. For more information,

refer to the following:

• Favorites Tab

• Basic Tab

• Paper Tab

• Graphics Tab

• Advanced Tab

• Earth Smart Tab

• Xerox Tab

4. Select OK to confirm your selections.

5. Select OK to print your document.

FAVORITES TAB

The Favorites tab lists default favorites and user-generated favorites.

The Favorites option, which is visible on each tab except for the Xerox tab, allows you to save the current

preferences for future use.

To save a Favorites item, follow these steps:

1. Change the settings as needed on each tab.

2. Click Save.

3. Enter a name and a description, then select the desired icon.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

4. Click OK. When you save Favorites, all current driver settings are saved.

To use a saved setting, select it in the Favorites tab. The machine is now set to print according to the settings

you have selected.

To delete a saved setting, select it in the Favorites tab and click Delete.

Note: Only user-generated favorites can be deleted.

Preview Tab

The Preview tab, in the right panel, is visible only on the Favorites tab. It displays a graphical summary of your

selections.

Details Tab

The Details tab, in the right panel, is visible only on the Favorites tab. It displays a summary of the selected Favorite

and notes options.

Paper Tab

Use the Paper Tab options to set the basic paper handling specifications when you access the printer properties.

Device Tab

The Device tab, in the right panel, is visible on each main tab except for the Favorites and Xerox tabs. It displays a

summary of the device settings.

PRINTER STATUS

Note: The Printer Status window and its contents shown in this User Guide may differ depending on the

machine or operating system in use.

The Printer Status option, which is visible on each tab, monitors and informs you of the machine status. The Xerox

Printer Status dialog includes the following options:

Toner Level

You can view the level of toner remaining in each toner cartridge. The machine and the number of toner cartridge

(s) shown in the window may differ depending on the machine in use. Some machines do not have this feature.

Option

You can set printing job alert related settings.

Order Supplies

You can order replacement toner cartridge(s) from online.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 83

User’s Guide

This button opens the user guide when an error occurs. You can then open the Troubleshooting section in the User

Guide.

BASIC TAB

The Basic tab provides selections for the print mode to use and options to adjust how the document appears on the

printed page. These options include orientation settings, quality settings, layout options, and 2-sided printing

settings.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your printer model and configuration.

Orientation

Orientation allows you to select the direction in which information is printed on a page.

• Portrait: Prints across the width of the page, letter style.

• Landscape: Prints across the length of the page, spreadsheet style.

• Rotate 180 Degrees: Allows you to rotate the page 180 degrees.

Layout Options

Layout Options allow you to select a different layout for your output. You can select the number of pages to print

on a single sheet of paper. To print more than one page per sheet, the pages will be reduced in size and arranged in

the order you specify.

• Single Page Per Side: Use this option if the layout does not require changing.

• Multiple Pages Per Side: Use this option to print multiple pages on each page. You can print up to 16 pages

on one sheet. Select the number of images required on each side, the page order and if borders are required.

• Poster Printing: Use this option to divide a single-page document onto 4, 9, or 16 segments. Each segment will

be printed on a single sheet of paper for the purpose of pasting the sheets together to form one poster-size

document. Select Poster 2x2 for 4 pages, Poster 3x3 for 9 pages, or Poster 4x4 for 16 pages. Then choose the

overlap amount in mm or in.

• Booklet Printing: This allows you to print your document on both sides of the paper and arrange the pages so

that the paper can be folded in half after printing to produce a booklet.

Page Border: Use this option to select from a variety of borders for your output.

2-Sided Printing

You can print on both sides of a sheet of paper. Before printing, decide how you want your document oriented.

Note: Some features may not be available on your model.

• None: The document is printed single-sided.

• Long Edge: This is the conventional layout used in book binding.

• Short Edge: This is the type often used with calendars.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

PAPER TAB

Use the Paper Tab options to set the basic paper handling specifications when you access the printer properties.

Copies

This allows you to choose the number of copies to be printed. You can select 1 to 999 copies.

Paper Options

• Original Size: This allows you to set the size of the original you are printing. If the required size is not listed in

the Size box, select Edit. When the Custom Paper Size Settings window appears, set the paper size and select

OK. The setting appears in the list so that you can select it.

• Output Size: This allows you to set the size of paper required for printing.

• Percentage: Use this option to change the contents of a page to appear larger or smaller on the printed page.

Enter the scaling rate in the Percentage input box.

• Source: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use Manual Feeder when printing on special materials

like envelopes and transparencies. If the paper source is set to Auto Select, the printer automatically selects the

paper source based on the requested size.

• Type: Set Type to correspond to the paper loaded in the tray selected. This will provide the best quality

printout. If printing Envelopes, ensure Envelope is selected.

• Advanced: The advanced paper options allow you to select a different paper source for the first page of your

document.

– First Page: To have the first page printed on a different paper type from the rest of the document select

the paper tray containing the paper required.

– Source: Use this option to select the paper tray required. Use Manual Feeder when printing on special

materials like envelopes and transparencies. If the paper source is set to Auto Select, the printer

automatically selects the paper source based on the requested size.

GRAPHICS TAB

Use the following options to adjust the print quality for your specific printing needs.

Quality

This option allows you to select Standard or High Resolution graphics.

Font/Text

• All Text Black: Select this check box to have all text in your document print in solid black, regardless of the color

it appears on the screen.

• Clear Text: Select one of the options to clear the text. The available options are Off, Minimum, Medium, or

Maximum.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 85

• Advanced: Use this option to set font options. True Type fonts can be downloaded as Outline or Bitmap Images

or printed as Graphics. Select the Use Printer Fonts option if the fonts do not require downloading and the

printer fonts should be used.

Graphic Controller

• Edge Enhancement: Select one of the options for Edge enhancement. The available options are Off, Normal,

or Maximum.

• Advanced: Use this option to adjust the brightness and contrast levels.

Toner Saver

• Select On to save toner.

ADVANCED TAB

You can select Advanced output options for your document, such as watermarks or overlay text.

Watermark

This option allows you to print text over an existing document. There are several predefined watermarks that come

with the printer which can be modified, or you can add new ones to the list.

UUssiinngg aann EExxiissttiinngg WWaatteerrmmaarrkk

Select the required watermark from the Watermark drop-down list. You will see the selected watermark in the

preview image.

CCrreeaattiinngg aa WWaatteerrmmaarrkk

1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.

2. Enter a text message in the Watermark Message box. You can enter up to 40 characters. The message displays

in the preview window. When the First Page Only box is checked, the watermark prints on the first page only.

3. Select the watermark options. You can select the font name, style, size, or shade from the Font Attributes

section and set the angle of the watermark from the Message Angle section.

4. Select Add to add the new watermark to the list.

5. When you have finished editing, select OK.

EEddiittiinngg aa WWaatteerrmmaarrkk

1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.

2. Select the watermark you want to edit from the Current Watermarks list and change the watermark message

options.

3. Select Update to save the changes.

4. When you have finished editing, select OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

DDeelleettiinngg aa WWaatteerrmmaarrkk

1. Select Edit from the Watermark drop-down list. The Edit Watermark window appears.

2. Select the watermark you want to delete from the Current Watermarks list and select Delete.

3. Select OK.

Overlay

An overlay is text and/or images stored on the computer hard disk drive as a special file format that can be printed

on any document. Overlays are often used to take the place of preprinted forms and letterhead paper.

Note: This option is only available when you use the PCL6 Printer Driver.

Creating a New Page Overlay

To use a page overlay, you must first create one containing your logo or another image.

1. Create or open a document containing text or an image for use in a new page overlay. Position the items

exactly as you want them to appear when printed as an overlay.

2. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.

3. Select Create and type a name in the File name box. Select the destination path, if necessary.

Using a Page Overlay

1. Select the required overlay from the Overlay drop-down list box.

If the overlay file you want does not appear in the overlay list, select Edit > Load Overlay > Overlay file.

If you have stored the overlay file you want to use in an external source, you can also load the file when you

access the Load Overlay window.

After you select the file, select Open. The file appears in the Overlay List box and is available for printing. Select

the overlay from the Overlay List box.

2. If necessary, select Confirm Page Overlay When Printing. If this box is checked, a message window appears

each time you submit a document for printing, asking you to confirm your wish to print an overlay on your

document.

If this box is not checked and an overlay has been selected, the overlay automatically prints with your

document.

3. Select OK.

Deleting a Page Overlay

1. Select Edit from the Overlay drop-down list. The Edit Overlay window appears.

2. Select the Overlay you want to delete from the Overlay List box.

3. Select Delete Overlay. When a confirming message window appears, select Yes.

4. Select OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 87

OUTPUT OPTIONS

Select the required Print order from the drop-down list box:

• Normal: All pages are printed.

• Reverse All Pages: Your printer prints all pages from the last page to the first page.

• Print Odd Pages: Your printer prints only the odd numbered pages of the document.

• Print Even Pages: Your printer prints only the even numbered pages of the document.

Select the Skip Blank Pages check box if you do not want blank pages to be printed.

EARTH SMART TAB

The Earth Smart tab provides options to decrease the amount of energy and paper used in the printing and

displays a visual representation of the savings made.

Note: This tab option may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Type

The Type drop-down list is used to select the main Earth Smart option for the printer.

• None: No energy or paper saving options are automatically selected.

• Earth Smart Printing: When this option is selected, 2 Sided Printing, Layout, Skip Blank Pages, and Toner

Save can be customized to suit requirements.

• Printer Default: This option automatically selects the printer default settings.

Result Simulator

This area of the Earth Smart tab shows a visual representation of the estimated energy and paper savings based

on the selections made.

Default Earth Smart PC Driver Print Settings

PRINTER

N-UP TONER SAVE

B105 Multifunction Printer 2-Up On

B115 Multifunction Printer 2-Up On

Default Earth Smart Copy Settings

PRINTER

N-UP TONER SAVE

B105 Multifunction Printer 2-Up On

B115 Multifunction Printer 2-Up On

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Selecting the Earth Smart On-forced Option in EWS

The On-forced option, available through EWS, allows an administrator to prevent user changes to the Earth Smart

settings.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter on your keyboard.

3. Select Login at the top of the Embedded Web Server screen.

4. Enter the Administrator User Name and Password, and select Login.

5. Select Earth Smart OFF (or ON) at the top of the screen to access Earth Smart.

6. In the Earth Smart Mode dialog, select On-forced.

7. Enter the Password.

8. Select Apply.

9. Select OK.

XEROX TAB

This tab provides version and copyright information as well as links to drivers and downloads, supplies ordering, and

the Xerox website.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 89

Xerox Easy Printer Manager (EPM)

Xerox Easy Printer Manager is a Windows-based application that combines Xerox machine settings into one

location. Xerox Easy Printer Manager conveniently combines device settings as well as printing/scanning

environments, settings/actions, Scan to PC, and Fax to PC. All of these features provide a gateway to conveniently

use Xerox devices.

Xerox Easy Printer Manager installs automatically during driver installation.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Printing Using AirPrint

AirPrint is a software feature that allows for driverless printing from Apple iOS-based mobile devices and macOS-

based devices. AirPrint-enabled printers let you print directly from a Mac, an iPhone, or and iPad. For more

information, refer to AirPrint.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 91

Printing Using Linux

PRINTING FROM APPLICATIONS

There are a lot of Linux applications that allow you to print using Common Unix Printing System (CUPS). You can

print on your machine from any such application.

1. Open an application, and select Print from the File menu.

2. Select Print directly using lpr.

3. In the LPR GUI window, select the machine from the printer list and select Properties.

4. Change the print job properties using the following four tabs displayed at the top of the window.

• General: This option allows you to change the paper size, the paper type, and the orientation of the

documents. It enables the duplex feature, adds start and end banners, and changes the number of pages

per sheet.

• Text: This option allows you to specify the page margins and set the text options, such as spacing or

columns.

• Graphics: This option allows you to set image options that are used when printing image files, such as color

options, image size, or image position.

• Advanced: This option allows you to set the print resolution, paper source, and destination.

5. Select Apply to apply the changes and close the Properties window.

6. Select OK in the LPR GUI window to start printing.

The Printing window appears, allowing you to monitor the status of your print job.

PRINTING FILES

You can print many different file types on your machine using the standard CUPS utility, directly from the

command line interface. However, the drivers package replaces the standard lpr tool with a much more user-friendly

LPR GUI program.

To print any document file:

1. Type lpr <file_name> from the Linux shell command line and press Enter. The LPR GUI window appears.

2. When you type only lpr and press Enter, the Select file(s) to print window appears first. Select any files you

want to print and select Open.

3. In the LPR GUI window, select your machine from the list, and change the print job properties.

4. Select OK to start printing.

CONFIGURING PRINTER PROPERTIES

Using the Printer Properties window provided by the Printers configuration, you can change the various properties

for your machine as a printer.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

1. Open the Unified Driver Configurator.

If necessary, switch to Printers configuration.

2. Select your machine on the available printers list and select Properties.

3. The Printer Properties window opens.

The following five tabs display at the top of the window:

• General: This option allows you to change the printer location and name. The name entered in this tab

displays on the printer list in Printers configuration.

• Connection: This option allows you to view or select another port. If you change the machine port from

USB to parallel or vice versa while in use, you must re-configure the machine port in this tab.

• Driver: This option allows you to view or select another machine driver. Selecting Options you to set the

default device options.

• Jobs: This option shows the list of Print jobs. Select Cancel job to cancel the selected job and select the

Show completed jobs check box to see previous jobs on the job list.

• Classes: This option shows the class that your machine is in. Select Add to Class to add your machine to a

specific class or select Remove from Class to remove the machine from the selected class.

4. Select OK to apply the changes and close the Printer Properties window.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 93

Printing Using Unix

PRINTING FILES

After installing the printer, choose any of the images, text, PS to print.

1. Execute printui <file_name_to_print> command. For example, if you are printing document1, use

printui document1 command.

This will open the Unix printer driver Print Job Manager in which the user can select various print options.

2. Select a printer that has already been added.

3. Select the printing options from the window such as Page Selection.

4. Select how many copies are needed in Number of Copies.

5. Press OK to start the print job.

CONFIGURING PRINTER PROPERTIES

The Unix printer driver Print Job Manager allows you to configure various print options using the printer Properties

option. The following hot keys may also be used: H for Help, O for OK, A for Apply, and C for Cancel.

General Tab

• Paper Size: Set the paper size as A4, Letter, or other paper sizes, according to your requirements.

• Paper Type: Choose the type of the paper. Options available in the list box are Printer Default, Plain, and Thick.

• Paper Source: Select from which tray the paper is used. By default, it is Auto Selection.

• Orientation: Select the direction in which information is printed on a page.

• Duplex: Print on both sides of paper to save paper.

• Multiple pages: Print several pages on one side of the paper.

• Page Border: Choose any of the border styles, for example, Single-line hairline, Double-line hairline.

Image Tab

In this tab, you can change the brightness, resolution, or image position of your document.

Text Tab

Use this tab to set the character margin, line space, or the columns of the actual print output.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Margins Tab

• Use Margins: Set the margins for the document. By default, margins are not enabled. The user can change the

margin settings by changing the values in the respective fields. Set by default, these values depend on the page

size selected.

• Unit: Change the units to points, inches, or centimeters.

Printer-Specific Settings Tab

Select various options in the JCL and General frames to customize various settings. These options are specific to the

printer and depend on the PPD file.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 95

96 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 97

Copy

This chapter contains:

Copy Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Copy Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Using the Layout Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Media Output Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Copy Procedure

This section describes the basic procedure for making copies:

• Load Documents

• Select the Features

• Enter the Quantity

• Start the Job

• Stop the Copy Job

If an authentication feature is enabled, you may need an account before using the machine. To get an account or

for more information, contact your System Administrator.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

LOAD DOCUMENTS

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the platen glass.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 40 originals of 20 lb. (80 g/m

) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the document.

Platen Glass

The platen glass can be used for oversized, torn or damaged originals and for books and magazines.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single documents face down on the platen glass aligned with

the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 in. or A4. For other sized documents, change the Original Size option.

Refer to Copy Options for further information.

SELECT THE FEATURES

Various features can be selected for your copy job. Copy options are available through the Menu button. Once you

have made a selection, press Back to return to the Ready screen.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

The paper tray is the default paper supply. Open the manual feed slot to feed individual types of stock, for

example letterhead or labels for one-off jobs. For more information, refer to Paper and Media.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to display the desired feature and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to display the desired option and press OK to save your selections. For more

information about programming options, refer to Copy Options.

5. Press Back to return to the top level menu.

ENTER THE QUANTITY

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 99

Copy

• The maximum copy quantity is 99.

• Use the keypad or the up/down arrows on the control panel to enter the number of copies required. The number

entered is displayed in the lower right-hand corner of the display.

Note: To cancel an incorrect entry, press Clear All and enter the correct quantity.

START THE JOB

1. Press Start. Each document is scanned only once.

2. If using the document glass to scan 1-2 sided originals, the machine displays a message when ready to scan

side 2. Continue scanning until all sides have been scanned.

The images are scanned and the copy job is printed.

STOP THE COPY JOB

To cancel an active copy job, on the control panel, press Stop.

100

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Copy Options

Your machine provides the following options to customize your Copy jobs. Use the Menu button to access the

options.

Note:

• Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

• If you press Clear All while setting the Copy options, all of the options you have set for the current Copy

job will be canceled and return to their default status after the machine completes the Copy job in

progress.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTIONS

Original Size Allows you to specify the size

of the image to be scanned.

• A4

• A5

• B5 (JIS)

• Letter

• Executive

• Folio (available only when an original is in the

ADF)

• Legal (available only when an original is in the

ADF)

Reduce/Enlarge Originals can be reduced or

enlarged between 25% and

400%.

• 100 %: Produces an image on the copies the

same size as the image on the original.

• Presets: The 6 most commonly used reduce/

enlarge percentages have been provided as

preset options. These preset options can be

customized by your System or Machine

Administrator to meet individual needs.

• Auto Fit: Reduces or enlarges the image on the

copies based on the size of the original and the

size of the selected output paper.

• Custom: Use the keypad or the up/down arrows

to enter the percentage required.

Lighten/Darken Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

• Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in

increments to the lightest setting of Lighten +5.

Works well with dark print.

• Normal: Works well with standard typed or

printed originals.

• Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in

increments to the darkest setting of Darken +5.

Works well with light print.

Original Type The Original Type setting is

used to improve the image

quality by selecting the

• Text: Use for originals containing mostly text.

• Text/Photo: Use for originals with mixed text and

photographs.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 101

Copy

FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTIONS

document type for the

originals.

• Photo: Use when the originals are photographs.

Collation Places printed pages in order.

• On: Defines the page sequence for printing.

• Off: Select if collation is not required.

Layout This option is used to copy

multiple documents onto one

sheet of paper, copy from book

originals, create booklet

output, and produce

documents which can be

pasted together to make a

poster.

• Normal: Select this option to match the layout of

the originals.

• 2 Up: This feature is used to copy two

documents, in a reduced size, onto one sheet of

paper.

• 4 Up: This feature is used to copy four

documents, in a reduced size, onto one sheet of

paper.

• ID Card Copy: The machine prints one side of

the original on the upper half of the paper and

the other side on the lower half without reducing

the size of the original.

Refer to Using the Layout Options for instructions.

Adjust Bkgd. Use to print an image without

its background. This feature

reduces or eliminates the dark

background resulting from

scanning colored paper or

newspaper originals.

• Off: Select if Background Adjustment is not

required.

• Auto: Select to optimize the background.

• Enhance Lev 1-2: Select a higher number for a

more vivid background.

• Erase Lev. 1-4: Select a higher number for a

lighter background.

102

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Using the Layout Options

This option is used to copy multiple documents onto one sheet of paper, copy from book originals, create booklet

output, and produce documents which can be pasted together to make a poster.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

2-UP OR 4-UP COPYING

This feature is used to copy two or more documents, in a reduced size, onto one sheet of paper. It is ideal for

creating handouts, storyboards, or documents used for archival purposes.

Note: Originals must be loaded in the automatic document feeder when using this feature.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to display Layout and press OK.

4. Select the option required:

• Normal: Copies an original onto one sheet of paper.

• 2-Up: Copies two separate originals onto one sheet of paper.

• 4-Up: Copies four separate originals onto one sheet of paper.

Note: For landscape originals, place the top of the document at the back of the feeder. For portrait originals,

place the top of the document to the left.

5. Select OK to save your selections and press Back to return to the top level menu.

6. Load originals and press Start.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 103

Copy

ID COPY

The machine prints one side of the original on the upper half of the paper and the other side on the lower half

without reducing the size of the original. This feature is helpful for copying a small-sized item, such as a business

card.

Note: This Copy feature is available only when you place originals on the platen glass. If the original is larger

than the printable area, some portions may not be printed.

Your machine can print 2-sided originals on one sheet of A4, Letter, Legal, Folio, Executive, B5, A5, or A6 paper.

1. Press Copy on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Layout and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select ID Card Copy and press OK.

5. Place Front Side and Press Start appears on the display.

6. Place the front side of the original face down on the platen glass, aligned with the tip of the registration arrow

as shown in below figure, and close the automatic document feeder.

7. Press Start.

Copying... appears on the display.

Your machine scans the front side and shows Place Back Side and Press Start.

104 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

8. Turn the original over and place the rear side of the original face down on the platen glass and close the

automatic document feeder.

9. Press Start on the control panel to begin copying.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 105

Copy

Media Output Locations

The machine has one output location:

• Output tray, face down, up to a maximum of 100 sheets of 20 lb. (80 g/m

) paper.

USING THE OUTPUT TRAY

The output tray collects printed paper face down, in the order in which the sheets were printed. When the output

tray is full, a message displays on the control panel.

106

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Copy

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 107

Scan

This chapter contains:

Scanning Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Windows Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Macintosh Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Linux Scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Scan Using TWAIN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Scan Using WIA Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Scanning Overview

The Scan feature enables users to create a digital version of a hard copy document which can be sent to a

computer over the network or through a USB connection. The document can be scanned in color, grayscale, or black

and white, and the digital file can then be sent to a specified destination.

Before you begin the scan process, ensure that your machine has been set up for the scan function at install. For

instructions on setting up and configuring the Scan function, refer to Installation and Setup.

This section provides instructions for scanning to a PC/network using one of three operating systems: Windows,

Macintosh, or Linux. Follow the directions for the operating system appropriate to your computer system.

The following options are available from the Scan button on the control panel:

• Scan to PC: You can scan a document to a PC connected to the device in one of two ways:

1. Local PC: For scanning to a PC connected directly to the B105/B115 Multifunction Printer through a USB

cable. For Windows scanning, the Printer Driver with Easy Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior

to use. For Macintosh scanning, the Printer Driver with Image Capture or Xerox Scan Assistant must be

installed.

2. Network PC: Use this option to scan data to a networked PC. For Windows, the Printer Driver with Easy

Printer Manager must be installed on your PC prior to use. For Macintosh scanning, the Printer Driver with

Image Capture or Xerox Scan Assistant must be installed.

• Web Services for Devices (WSD): Use this option to scan to applications or computers that support

Microsoft's Web Services for Devices. The WSD process initiates a scan and forwards it to an address designated

by the Windows event, from your PC or from the machine.

Note: Some options might be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

SCAN PROCESS

The basic procedure for scanning using a PC connected to the B105/B115 Multifunction Printer is:

AAtt yyoouurr ccoommppuutteerr::

• Ensure that the scan function is enabled at the B105/B115 Multifunction Printer and has established a

connection with your computer

AAtt tthhee XXeerrooxx mmaacchhiinnee::

• Load the documents

AAtt tthhee XXeerrooxx mmaacchhiinnee OORR aatt yyoouurr ccoommppuutteerr

• Select the scan connection type: Local PC, Network PC, or WSD (Windows only)

• Select the scan destination

• Select the scan job features

• Start the job

• If necessary, stop the job.

108

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

SCANNING METHODS

Your machine offers the following ways to scan an image using a local connection:

• TWAIN: TWAIN drivers handle the communication between computer software and the scanning device. This

feature can be used using a local connection or a network connection in various operating systems. Refer to

Scan Using TWAIN.

• WIA (Windows Image Acquisition): To use this feature your computer must be connected to the machine

through a USB cable and running on Windows 10 or Windows 11. Refer to Scan Using WIA Driver.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 109

Scan

Windows Scanning

PROCESS CHECKLIST

• Ensure the Scan function has been set up for your machine. Refer to Installation and Setup or further details.

• Ensure Xerox Easy Printer Manager application is installed. This application is provided with the Xerox B105/

B115 Multifunction Printer driver. Easy Printer Manager is an easy way to choose scan settings and manage

machine operations.

• Once you have enabled the Scan function and set up your Scan settings, any scan job can be initiated from

your computer or the Xerox machine once the original is placed in the scanner or ADF.

• If an authentication or security feature is enabled, you might need an account before using the machine. To get

an account, or for more information, contact the System Administrator.

Note: Some options might be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and the Scan

features and destination selected.

ENABLE SCAN TO PC

1. At your computer, open the Xerox Easy Printer Manager application.

2. At the top of the Easy Printer Manager window, select the Switch to Advanced Mode button.

3. Select the Scan to PC Settings button at top of the window. The Scan to PC Settings screen appears.

4. Select Enable Scan from Device Panel.

5. Select the scan features you will use in scanning to the machine in Scan Settings:

• Output Color

• Resolution

• Original Size

6. Select your File Settings:

a. Save to: where on your computer you want your scanned file to be saved

b. File Format

c. Actions after Saving: notification when scanning complete and other options.

7. Click the Image tab to make further feature selections for Scan Settings.

8. Select Save at the bottom of screen to save your scan and file settings.

Note: You can also select Default to set the machine to scan using the default settings.

Note: These settings will be confirmed at the machine when you send the fax from the control panel.

LOAD DOCUMENTS

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the platen glass.

110

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 40 originals of 20 lb. (80 g/m

) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the document.

Platen Glass

The platen glass can be used for oversized, torn, or damaged originals and for books and magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single documents face down on the platen glass aligned with

the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 in. or A4 (depending on the country of installation). For other sized

documents, change the Original Size option. Refer to Scan Options for further information.

SELECT THE SCAN DESTINATION

When you select the Scan button on the left side of the control panel, two options appear in the user interface:

Scan to PC and Scan to WSD.

When you select Scan to PC, you must choose the type of connection: Local or Network PC.

Note: If a computer is not connected to the machine through the USB port, the Scan to Local PC option will

not appear in the user interface. Once you connect a computer to the machine through the USB, that option

for scanning will appear.

Note: If you have not set up scan in Easy Printer Manager from your PC, your PC will not appear as a

destination in the Scan Menu at the machine.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 111

Scan

Scan to Local PC

To use Scan to Local PC, the machine must be connected to your PC or workstation through a USB cable. The scan

driver must be installed on your PC prior to use. For driver installation instructions, refer to the Installation and Setup

section.

1. Press the Scan button on the control panel.

2. Press OK in the Scan to PC user interface that appears.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Local PC.

4. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the port connection and/or scan setup.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the scan destination you want and press OK.

Scan to Network PC

Ensure that your machine is connected to a network. Ensure that the scan driver has been installed and scan has

been enabled. For instructions, refer to Installation and Setup.

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press OK in the Scan to PC user interface that appears.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Network PC.

4. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the connection and/or setup.

5. In the Destination List that appears, press the up/down arrows to find the name of the computer that you

want to receive the scan and press OK.

Scan to WSD

Using this option you can scan to applications or computers that support Microsoft's Web Services for Devices.

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select WSD and press OK.

3. Scroll until the Destination you want appears and press OK.

4. At the Profile List prompt, which is confirming where you want your scan file stored on your computer, press

the up/down arrows to select the correct location/event profile and press OK.

SELECT THE FEATURES

Once you have selected the mode of connection, you can select the features needed for your scan job.

Note: Some of the following options might be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and

the scan method selected.

The following features are available through the machine’s Menu button for Scan to Local PC and Scan to Network

PC, and also in your computer’s Scan interface for each operating system.

112

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

Output Color Sets the color mode of the scanned image: Color, Grayscale, or Black and

White.

Resolution Sets the image resolution: 100 dpi, 200 dpi, 300 dpi, or 600 dpi. A higher

resolution increases the file size.

Original Size Set the size of the original(s) being scanned: Letter, Executive, A4, A5, B5 (JIS).

File Format Sets the file format of the saved image: Multi-page PDF, Single-page PDF,

Multi-page TIFF, Single-page TIFF, JPEG.

At the machine’s user interface, scroll until the feature you want appears and press OK. Select the setting required

and press OK.

START THE JOB

Once you have placed the document you want to scan and chosen the job features, you can initiate the scan at

either the machine or your PC.

1. Press the Start button at the machine or at your PC.

2. Your machine begins scanning the original, then asks if you want to scan another page.

3. To scan another page, press the up/down arrows to select Yes and press OK. Load an original and press Start.

Otherwise, select No and press OK.

The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected in the job.

STOP THE JOB

To cancel an active Scan job, press the Stop button on the control panel. The machine will stop scanning and

delete the file and the job, and move on to the next job.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 113

Scan

Macintosh Scanning

This section describes the basic procedure for scanning using a Macintosh computer running macOS 14 or later:

• Load Documents

• Select the Scan Destination

• Select the Features

• Start the Job

• Stop a Job (if necessary)

PROCESS CHECKLIST

• Ensure the Scan function has been set up for your Xerox machine. Refer to Installation and Setup for further

details.

• Determine which application you will use to scan your documents. Ensure the application is loaded on your

Macintosh computer and ready to use.

– Image Capture is a Macintosh application that provides an easy way to choose scan settings and perform

a scan job.

– Scan Assistant is a Xerox utility that is automatically installed with the your Xerox Printer Driver. It provides

an interface to select a scanner and to adjust Scan settings and start the scanning process directly from

your computer.

Note: Some options might be unavailable depending on your machine configuration and the Scan

features and destination selected.

LOAD DOCUMENTS

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder or onto the platen glass.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 40 originals of 20 lb. (80 g/m

) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Move the document guide to just touch both sides of the document.

Platen Glass

The platen glass can be used for oversized, torn, or damaged originals and for books and magazines.

114

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single documents face down on the platen glass aligned with

the rear left corner.

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 in. or A4 (depending on the country of installation). For other sized

documents, change the Original Size option. Refer to Scan Options for further information.

ENABLE SCAN TO PC

1. At your Macintosh computer, select Applications > Image Capture.

Note: The following steps might vary, depending on your Mac OS version. These steps are for macOS 14, but

might work in other newer versions.

2. Find your device in the list in the left column and click it.

3. Select the features for the scan job from the Scan Menu on the right side of screen.

4. Set the scan options for your scan jobs by pressing Save.

Note: These settings will be confirmed at the machine when you send the fax from the control panel.

Image Capture Scan Options

SCAN JOB FEATURES SETTINGS

Scan Mode Flatbed: From the platen glass

Document Feeder

Kind Text

Black and White

Color

Resolution 75–600 dpi

Size A4, Letter, Legal

Orientation Portrait, Landscape, Reversed Portrait, Reversed Landscape

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 115

Scan

SCAN JOB FEATURES SETTINGS

Scan To Desktop

Documents folder

Other folder names on device

Name Create a name for the scanned file

Format JPEG, TIFF, PNG, JPEG 2000, GIF, BMP, PDF

Image Correction None

Manual: Brightness, Tint, Temperature, Saturation Restore

Defaults

SELECT THE SCAN DESTINATION

When you press the Scan button on the left side of the control panel, two options appear in the user interface:

Scan to PC and Scan to WSD.

When you select Scan to PC, you must choose the type of connection: Local or Network PC.

Note: If a computer is not connected to the machine through the USB port, the Scan to Local PC option will

not appear in the user interface. Once you connect a computer to the machine through the USB, that option

for scanning will appear.

Note: If you have not set up enabled scanning to the Xerox machine from your computer, your Mac will not

appear as a destination in the Scan Menu at the machine.

Scan to Local PC

To use Scan to Local PC, the machine must be connected to your PC or workstation through a USB cable. The scan

driver must be installed on your PC prior to use. For driver installation instructions, refer to the Installation and Setup

section.

At the machine:

1. Press the Scan button on the control panel.

2. Press OK in the Scan to PC user interface that appears.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Local PC.

4. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the port connection and/or scan setup.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the scan destination you want and press OK.

Scan to Network PC

At the machine:

1. Press Scan on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to select Scan to PC.

116

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

3. Press OK. If you see the Not Available message, check the connection and/or setup.

4. In the Destination List that appears, press the up/down arrows to find the name of the computer which you

want to receive the scan and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the Scan Destination you want and press OK.

6. Scroll through the Scan features to ensure they are the settings you need for the scan job: Profile List, File

Format, Output Color, Resolution, and Original size settings. If not, change the settings as needed. Press OK.

START THE JOB

Once you have placed the document you want to scan and chosen the job features, you can initiate the scan at

either the machine or your PC.

1. Press the Start button at the machine or select Scan in Image Capture at your computer.

2. Your machine begins scanning the original, then asks if you want to scan another page.

3. To scan another page, press the up/down arrows to select Yes and press OK. Load an original and press Start.

Otherwise, select No and press OK.

The images are scanned and sent to the destination selected in the job.

STOP THE JOB

To cancel an active Scan job, press the Stop button on the control panel. The machine will stop scanning and

delete the file and the job, and move on to the next job.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 117

Scan

Linux Scanning

You can scan a document using the Unified Driver Configurator window. Ensure that the machine is powered on

and connected to your computer using USB cable, or connected to the network. Install the scan driver. Follow the

install instructions provided with your driver.

SCANNING

1. Double-click the Unified Driver Configurator on your desktop.

2. Click the button to switch to Scanners Configuration.

3. Select the scanner in the list.

• If you use only one machine device and it is connected to the computer and turned on, your scanner

appears in the list and is automatically selected.

• If you have two or more scanners connected to your computer, you can select any scanner to work at any

time. For example, while acquisition is in progress on the first scanner, you may select the second scanner,

set the device options, and start the image acquisition simultaneously.

4. Click Properties.

5. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on the platen

glass.

6. From the Scanner Properties window, click Preview.

The document is scanned and the image preview appears in the Preview Pane.

7. Drag the pointer to set the image area to be scanned in the Preview Pane.

8. Change the scan options in the Image Quality and Scan Area sections.

• Image Quality: This option allows you to select the color composition and the scan resolution for the

image.

• Scan Area: This option allows you to select the page size. The Advanced button enables you to set the

page size manually.

If you want to use one of the preset scan option settings, select the option from the Job Type drop-down list.

9. Click Default to restore the default setting for the scan options.

10. When you have finished, click Scan to start scanning.

The status bar appears on the bottom left of the window to show you the progress of the scan. To cancel

scanning, click Cancel.

The scanned image appears.

11. When you are finished, click Save on the toolbar.

12. Select the file directory where you want to save the image and enter the file name.

13. Click Save.

118

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

JOB TYPE SETTINGS

You can save your scan option settings for later use.

Saving a New Job Type Setting

1. Change the options from the Scanner Properties window.

2. Click Save As.

3. Enter the name for your setting.

4. Click OK.

Your setting is added to the Job Type drop-down list.

Deleting a Job Type Setting

1. Select the setting you want to delete from the Job Type drop-down list.

2. Click Delete.

The setting is deleted from the list.

USING THE IMAGE MANAGER

The Image Manager application provides you with menu commands and tools to edit your scanned image. Use

the following tools to edit the image:

TOOLS

NAME

FUNCTION

Save Saves the image.

Undo Cancels your last action.

Redo Restores the action you canceled.

Scroll Allows you to scroll through the image.

Crop Crops the selected image area.

Zoom Out Zooms the image out.

Zoom In Zooms the image in.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 119

Scan

TOOLS

NAME

FUNCTION

Scale Allows you to scale the image size. You

can enter the size manually, or set the

rate to scale proportionally, vertically, or

horizontally.

Rotate Allows you to rotate the image. You can

select the number of degrees from the

drop-down list.

Flip Allows you to flip the image vertically or

horizontally.

Effect Allows you to adjust the brightness or

contrast of the image, or to invert the

image.

Properties Shows the properties of the image.

For further details about the Image Manager application, refer to the onscreen help.

120

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

Scan Using TWAIN

If you want to scan documents using other software, you will need to use TWAIN compliant software, such as

Adobe Photoshop. Follow the steps below to scan with TWAIN compliant software.

1. Ensure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Install the TWAIN driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your driver.

3. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on the platen

glass.

4. Open an application, such as Adobe Photoshop.

5. Open the TWAIN window and set the scan options.

6. Scan and save your scanned image.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 121

Scan

Scan Using WIA Driver

Your machine also supports the Windows Image Acquisition (WIA) driver for scanning images. WIA is one of the

standard components provided by Microsoft Windows and works with digital cameras and scanners.

Note: For this machine, the WIA driver works only on Windows 10 or Windows 11 with a USB port.

1. Ensure that the machine is connected to your computer and powered on.

2. Install the WIA driver. Follow the install instructions provided with your Xerox machine’s driver.

3. Load originals face up into the automatic document feeder, or place a single original face down on the platen

glass.

4. Scan the originals using the following instructions:

a. From the Start menu, select Windows Fax and Scan.

b. Select Scan at the left bottom of the screen to display the Scan window.

c. Select New Scan.

d. Choose your scanning preferences.

e. Select Scan.

Alternatively, you can scan the originals using Paint application.

1. Open the Paint program.

2. Select File > From Scanner or Camera.

3. Select New Scan. The scan driver displays. Choose your scanning preferences.

4. Select Scan.

122

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Scan

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 123

Fax

This chapter contains:

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Fax Procedure: Sending a Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Fax Send Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Fax Receive Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Fax Forward Sent/Received . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

Fax from PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

Overview

Your Xerox multifunction machine offers a wide selection of Fax capabilities and features. This section provides

instruction on how to use them effectively.

Before you begin any of the processes in this section, check that the Fax functionality was set up at installation and

the communications pathways enabled. Refer to Installation and Setup for further information.

CHANGE FAX DEFAULTS USING EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

During machine installation and setup, Default settings were established for the machine functions, including Fax.

To change one or more of these Fax settings after install, go to either Easy Printer Manager or Embedded Web

Server (EWS), following the instructions below.

1. For EWS: At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address

Bar. Press Enter.

If you do not know the IP address, go to your Easy Printer Manager in your Start menu and select the printer

for which you are changing features. When the printer page opens, click Machine Settings tab. You will be

redirected to Embedded Web Server. Follow the steps below to complete this process.

2. At the EWS page for your machine, select Properties.

3. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, and select Login. Click Properties.

4. In the Machine Settings link, select the Fax link on the left navigation pane.

5. Select the General link on the left navigation pane.

6. In the Change Default area, for the features listed, the setting shown is the machine default. If you want to

change your machine’s default for any setting, click on the pull-down menu and choose the feature setting you

want.

Note: Users can change these feature settings in any fax job. Once the job is over, the machine goes back to

the Default setting.

124

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Fax Procedure: Sending a Fax

This section describes the basic procedure for sending a fax. Follow the steps below to send a fax.

• Load the Documents

• Select the Features

• Enter the Fax Number

• Start the Job

• Check the Job Status

• To Stop a Fax Job

• Fax Confirmation

Note: Refer to Installation and Setup for information on setting up the Fax function.

LOAD THE DOCUMENTS

Documents can be loaded either into the automatic document feeder (ADF) or onto the document glass. If there

are documents in both, those in the ADF will be scanned first.

Automatic Document Feeder

The automatic document feeder can hold a maximum of 40 originals of 20 lb. (80 g/m²) thickness.

1. Load documents to be scanned face up in the input tray of the automatic document feeder with the top of the

document to the left of the tray.

2. Adjust the document guides if necessary so that they just touch both sides of the document.

Platen Glass

The platen glass can be used for oversized, torn, or damaged originals and for books and magazines.

1. Open the automatic document feeder and place single documents face down on the platen glass aligned with

the rear left corner.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 125

Fax

2. The default document size is 8.5 x 11 in. or A4 (depending on the country). For other sized documents, ensure

to change the Original Size option when programming the job.

Note: Documents are only scanned once even when several destinations or copies are selected.

Once you have placed the documents you want to fax in the machine, you can program the rest of the fax job from

the machine or from your computer using Easy Printer Manager or Embedded Web Server. Refer below for steps for

each method.

SELECT THE FEATURES

Fax features can be selected for each fax job. They were set up at installation of the machine as defaults. If you

want to change those defaults for a particular job, follow the steps below. If you want to use the default settings for

image quality, resolution, and original size, and are sending a basic fax to one location, you can skip this step. After

the fax job, the machine will return to the default settings.

You can choose the fax features needed for your fax job by following these steps.

From the Machine:

1. Press the Fax button.

2. Press the Menu button.

3. Using the up/down arrows, select the Fax Features menu.

4. Scroll through the features and select the settings required for your fax job.

5. To select a feature, press OK.

6. Then scroll to find the option you need within that feature or to select Yes or No. Press OK. The machine will

respond that the feature has been saved for that job.

7. Press the Back button to return to the Features menu and continue selecting features for the job.

126

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

8. When you have selected all the features for your job, press OK.

The following Fax Features are available through the Menu button.

Lighten/Darken This provides manual control to adjust the lightness or darkness of the

scanned images.

Resolution A higher resolution produces better quality for photos. A lower resolution

reduces communication time.

Original Size This option allows you to specify the size of the image to be scanned.

Multi Send You can use this feature to send a fax to multiple locations.

Delay Send Use to set your machine to send a fax at a later time.

Priority Send Use when a high priority fax need to be sent ahead of reserved operations.

Forward Send/Receive You can set the machine to forward a received or sent fax to another fax or

to a networked PC.

Secure Receive Use to restrict printing of received faxes when the machine is unattended.

Add Page Use to add additional documents to a delayed fax job which is saved in

memory.

Cancel Job Cancel a delayed fax stored in the machine’s memory.

From Your Computer:

From Embedded Web Server: At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the

machine in the Address Bar. Press Enter. From the Embedded Web Server page for your machine, select Properties

> General > Fax. Make the changes needed to each feature. Click Apply when you are done.

From Easy Printer Manager: Open Easy Printer Manager in your Start menu. Select the printer for which you are

changing features. When the printer page opens, click Machine Settings tab. You will be redirected to Embedded

Web Server. Follow the steps below to complete this process.

ENTER THE FAX NUMBER

1. The UI on the control panel must say Fax 1:________

2. Enter the recipient’s fax number by:

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 127

Fax

a. Keypad Dial: Enter the number using the keypad when the machine prompts Fax 1:________ displays.

b. Manual Dial: Press the On Hook button to hear a dial tone before entering the fax number.

c. Redial: Press the Redial button on the right side of the control panel to automatically dial the last fax

number(s) used. Scroll through the list to select the number.

d. Speed Dial: For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit button on the

keypad. For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit button(s) and hold down the last

digit button.

e. Address Book: Select the Address Book button to access the address book and select a Speed Dial or

Group Dial entry to add to the recipient list. Refer to Address Book section for instructions on setting up

and using the Address Book.

START THE JOB

1. At the machine, press the Start button. For initiating a fax job from your PC, refer to Fax from PC.

2. The machine scans the originals, dials the entered number(s), and attempts to connect with the remote fax

machine. Once connected, the machine sends the fax jobs.

If the number you have dialed is busy or there is no answer when you send a fax, the machine automatically

redials the number every three minutes, up to seven times according to the factory default settings.

Note: Your machine’s default setting may have been changed during installation and setup. You can change

it now if you wish by following these steps.

TToo cchhaannggee tthhee ttiimmee iinntteerrvvaall bbeettwweeeenn rreeddiiaallss aanndd tthhee nnuummbbeerr ooff rreeddiiaall aatttteemmppttss::

a. Select Machine Status button, then scroll to Fax Setup. Press OK.

b. Scroll to Sending. Press OK.

c. Scroll to Redial Times. Press OK. Set the number of times you want the machine to redial to attempt to

send the fax. You can choose up to 13 times. Press OK.

d. Scroll to Redial Term. Press OK. Set the number of minutes between redial attempts. You can set it for up

to 15 minutes between redials. Press OK.

e. If the display shows Retry Redial?, press OK to redial the number without waiting. To cancel the

automatic redialing, press Stop.

f. To get confirmation that the fax was sent, follow the steps below to print a confirmation report.

FAX CONFIRMATION

• When the last page of your original has been sent successfully, the machine beeps and returns to Ready mode.

• To print a confirmation report for the last fax sent, follow these steps:

– Press the Machine Status button.

– Scroll to Info Pages and press OK.

– Scroll to Fax Confirm and press OK.

– Scroll to Print. Press OK to print a Confirmation page that includes a reduced image of the first page of the

fax.

128

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

• When initiating a Fax from your PC, a message might appear on your PC after the fax has been delivered to its

destination, if you select Notify me of delivery on the Fax options page, depending on the application and

operating system. From Easy Printer Manager, you can also opt to have an email sent to you confirming that

your fax job was completed.

• If something goes wrong while sending your fax, an error message appears on the display. If you receive an

error message, press Stop to clear the message, fix the problem, and try to send the fax again. For further

assistance, refer to Fax Problems.

• You can also set your machine to print a confirmation report automatically each time a fax is sent.

– Press the Machine Status button, then scroll to System Setup. Press OK.

– Scroll to Machine Setup. Press OK.

– Scroll to Confirm. Press OK.

TO STOP A FAX JOB

To cancel an active fax job, press the red Stop button on the control panel.

To cancel a Delayed Fax job follow these steps:

1. Press the Fax button on the control panel.

2. Press the Menu button. Scroll to Fax Feature. Press OK.

3. Scroll to Cancel Job. Press OK.

4. Scroll to the job you wish to cancel. Press OK.

5. Answer are you sure? with Yes by pressing OK.

6. The message display states that the job has been cancelled.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 129

Fax

Fax Send Options

Your machine provides the following options to customize your fax jobs. You can access them at the machine. Some

of these features can also be accessed from your computer using Xerox Easy Printer Manager or Xerox Embedded

Web Server. Refer to the chart below to determine the access options for each feature.

• Refer to the pages following the chart for details of these features and how to use them.

• Some options might be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

• Once your job is completed, the options you have set for the current fax job will be returned to default status

To access the features noted below at the computer OR to change the default settings for these features, follow the

steps for online access at Changing Default Settings.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTIONS

Lighten/Darken

Access: at machine, at

computer.

Adjusts the lightness or

darkness of the output.

• Lighten +1 to +5: Lightens the image in

increments to the lightest setting of Lighten +5,

works well with dark print.

• Normal: Works well with standard typed or printed

original.

• Darken +1 to +5: Darkens the original in

increments to the darkest setting of Darken +5,

works well with light print.

Resolution Access: at

machine, at computer

Resolution affects the

appearance of the fax at the

receiving fax terminal. A

higher resolution produces a

better quality image. A lower

resolution reduces

communication time.

• Standard: Recommended for text documents. It

requires less communication time, but does not

produce the best image quality for graphics and

photos.

• Fine: Recommended for line art and photos. This is

the default resolution and the best choice in most

cases.

• SuperFine: Recommended for use with high

quality photos and graphics.

• Photo Fax: Recommended for original containing

shades of gray or photographs.

• Color Fax: Recommended for original with colors.

Sending a color fax is enabled only if the remote

fax machine supports color fax reception and you

send the fax manually. In this mode, memory

transmission is not available.

Note: When your machine is set to Super

Fine resolution and the remote fax

machine does not support Super Fine

resolution, the machine transmits using

the highest resolution mode supported.

Original Size Access:

at machine, at

computer

Allows you to specify the size

of the image to be scanned.

• A4

• A5

130

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

FEATURE DESCRIPTION OPTIONS

• B5 (JIS)

• Letter

• Executive

Multi Send Access: at

machine

Use the Multi Send feature to

send a fax to multiple

locations.

• Fax 1: Use this option to enter the first fax

number.

• Fax 2 - 10: You can send a fax to up to 10

addresses. One of them can be a group address

from Address book.

Refer to Multi Send for instructions.

Delay Send Access: at

machine

Sets your machine to send a

fax at a later time when you

will not be present.

Refer to Delay Send for instructions.

Priority Send Access:

at machine

Use when a high priority fax

needs to be sent ahead of

reserved or current

operations.

• Job Name: Enter a name for the job using the

keypad (optional).

Refer to Priority Send for instructions.

Forward Access:

Forward to PC only from

computer, Forward to

Fax at machine and

from computer

Sets the machine to forward

all received or sent faxes to

an additional fax or a PC

destination.

• Fax: Use this option to forward every fax received

or sent to an additional fax number not in the job

list.

• PC: Use this option to forward all received or sent

faxes to a networked PC.

• Once you enable this feature, it occurs for every fax

job until you disable the feature.

Refer to Fax Forward for instructions.

Secure Receive

Access: at machine, at

computer

Use to prevent your received

faxes from being accessed by

unauthorized people. In

Secure Receive mode, all

incoming faxes go into

memory and can be printed

by entering a 4-digit

password.

• On: Use this option to activate Secure Receive.

• Off: Use this option to deactivate Secure Receive.

• Print: Use this option to print the faxes received

into memory. If a 4-digit password was set when

activating Secure Receive, this password will be

required to print the faxes.

Note: This option only appears when there are

stored jobs to print.

• Refer to Fax from PC for instructions.

Add Page Access: at

machine

Use to add additional pages

to a Delayed Fax job which is

saved in memory.

Refer to Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax for

instructions.

Cancel Job Access: at

machine

Use to cancel a Delayed Fax

job which is saved in

memory.

Refer to Canceling a Delayed Fax for instructions.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 131

Fax

MULTI SEND

You can use the Multi Send feature to send a fax to multiple locations.

• The fax is automatically stored in memory and transmitted from memory to the fax destinations entered.

• You can enter up to 10 addresses in one transmission with this feature. One of the destinations can be a group

address of up to 200 destinations from the machine’s Address book. The total number of recipients can thus be

209.

• After transmission, the job is automatically erased from memory.

• You cannot send a color fax using this feature.

FFoollllooww tthheessee sstteeppss aatt tthhee mmaacchhiinnee ttoo uussee tthhee MMuullttii SSeenndd ffeeaattuurree::

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. At the Fax Features menu, press the up/down arrows to scroll to Multi Send and press OK.

4. The message prompt Fax 1: ________ appears. Enter the number of the first receiving fax machine and press

OK. You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number using the Address book button. For details, Refer

to Address Book.

Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial numbers.

5. The machine will prompt you for a second fax number. Enter the recipient fax number and press OK.

6. After the second recipient fax is entered, the machine displays: Another fax number?. Select the answer that

fits your job, Yes or No, and press OK. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes is highlighted and repeat

the steps. You can add up to 10 addresses.

When you have finished entering fax numbers, scroll to select No at the Another No.? prompt and press OK.

7. Load originals and press Start to start the job. The machine begins scanning the originals and storing the data

into memory.

For using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes in the display prompt to add another

page. Load another original and press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

The machine sends the fax to the numbers you entered in the order in which you entered them.

DELAY SEND

You can set your machine to send a fax at a later time when you will not be present. Use this feature to transmit

faxes during off-peak hours or to another country or time zone.

• Once you program the machine to send a delayed fax, it will be listed in the Scheduled Jobs list. To see the

Scheduled Jobs list, press Machine Status at Info Pages, press OK. Scroll to find Scheduled Jobs. Select OK,

then scroll to Print. Press OK to print the list of scheduled jobs, including delayed faxes.

• You cannot send a color fax using this feature.

FFoollllooww tthheessee sstteeppss aatt tthhee mmaacchhiinnee ttoo pprrooggrraamm aa DDeellaayyeedd FFaaxx::

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

132

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. At the Fax Features menu, press the up/down arrows to scroll to Delay Send and press OK.

4. Enter the number of the receiving fax machine and press OK.

You can select speed dial numbers or a group dial number by pressing the Address Book button. For details on

setting up those addresses, Refer to Address Book.

The display asks you to enter another fax number. To enter more fax numbers, press OK when Yes appears and

repeat the steps. You can send to up to 10 addresses, only one can be a group address.

Note: Once you have entered a group dial number, you cannot enter any more group dial numbers.

When you have finished entering fax numbers, scroll to select No at the Another No.? prompt and press OK.

5. Enter the Job Name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step. For details on

how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad.

6. Enter the time the fax must be sent using the number keypad and press OK. If you set a time earlier than the

current time, the fax will be sent at that time on the following day.

7. Load originals and press Start. The machine will begin storing the scanned original data into memory.

Note: if you load your original at start of programming the job, the job will begin automatically after you

enter the time and press OK.

For using the document glass to scan more than one original, select Yes to add another page. Load another

original and press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt.

The machine returns to Ready mode when the fax has been scheduled. The display reminds you that you are in

Ready mode and that a delayed fax is scheduled.

Adding Documents to a Delayed Fax

At the machine, you can add additional documents to the Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory.

1. Load the originals to be added and select the fax settings required.

2. Press Fax on the control panel.

3. Press Menu on the control panel.

4. At the Fax Features menu, press the up/down arrows to scroll to Add Page and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.

6. Press Start.

For adding more than one page, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load another page and press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt. The machine stores the page. Job

programming is complete when you see the Fax prompt.

Canceling a Delayed Fax

You can cancel a Delayed Fax job which is saved in memory at the machine.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 133

Fax

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. At the Fax Features menu, press the up/down arrows to scroll to Cancel Job and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows until the fax job you want appears and press OK.

Press OK when Yes appears to confirm and cancel the job.

The selected fax is deleted from memory.

PRIORITY SEND

This function is used when a high priority fax needs to be sent ahead of other fax jobs in memory or other machine

operations. The fax original is scanned into memory and immediately transmitted when the current operation is

finished.

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to scroll to Priority Send and press OK.

4. Enter the number of the receiving fax machine and press OK.

You can enter a speed dial number or a group dial number or use the Address Book to find a number by

pressing the Address Book button. For details, refer to Address Book.

5. Enter the job name you want and press OK. If you do not want to assign a name, skip this step.

For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad.

6. Load originals and press Start.

If an original is placed on the platen glass, select Yes at the Another Page? prompt. Load another original and

press OK.

When you have finished, select No at the Another Page? prompt. The machine scans and sends the fax to the

destination entered.

OTHER FAX SEND OPTIONS

These features can be changed in Embedded Web Server.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION

Redial Term From the Redial Term drop-down menu, select the minutes for the term of

each redial.

Redial Times From the Redial Times drop-down menu, select the amount of times you

want the machine to re-dial.

Prefix Dial If your telephone system requires you to enter a prefix in front of fax

numbers, check the Prefix Dial box and enter prefix dial details in the Prefix

Dial field.

134

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

FEATURE DESCRIPTION

ECM Mode Check the ECM Mode checkbox to enable Error Correction Mode.

Fax Confirmation Prints a confirmation page after each fax sent/received.

From the Fax Confirmation drop-down menu select one of the send report

options.

• Off

• On - prints a report when a fax has been sent.

• On-Error - prints a report when an error occurs.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 135

Fax

Fax Receive Options

FAX RECEIVE MODES

You have several choices for how you want to receive faxes with this machine:

• Fax: Where the machine answers an incoming fax call and immediately goes into fax reception mode,

according to the features you have set up on the machine.

• Tel: Receives a fax when you press On hook dial button, then Start where you are at the machine.

• Answering machine: Where you have an answering machine connected to the machine which is set up to

answer faxes as they come in.

• These options are accessible at the machine through the Fax Setup process.

Changing the Receive Mode

The Receive mode was set up at installation of your machine. To change the mode:

1. Press the Info button on the control panel. Scroll to Fax Setup and press OK.

2. Scroll to Receiving. Press OK.

3. Scroll to Receive mode. Press OK.

4. Select the mode you want to use by scrolling through the list. Press OK.

The modes are described below.

FAX MODE

Faxes will be received as they come in and either printed immediately, forwarded, and/or saved, depending on the

features you have setup as defaults on your machine.

Since your machine is a multi-tasking device, it can receive faxes while you are making copies or printing. If you

receive a fax while you are copying or printing, your machine stores the incoming fax in its memory. As soon as you

finish copying or printing, the machine automatically prints the fax.

TEL MODE

In this mode, you must be at the machine. You can receive a fax call by pressing the On Hook Dial button to open

the fax line. You will hear a dial tone. Press Start when you hear a fax tone from the remote machine. The machine

begins receiving a fax. If a handset is available you can answer calls using the handset.

ANS/FAX MODE

To use this mode, you must attach an answering machine to the EXT socket on the back of your machine. If your

machine detects a fax tone on the line, it automatically starts to receive the fax. If your answering machine detects

a person leaving a message, it saves the message.

136

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Note:

• If you have set your machine to this mode and your answering machine is switched off, or no answering

machine is connected to EXT socket, your machine automatically goes into Fax mode after a predefined

number of rings.

• If your answering machine has a user-selectable ring counter, set the machine to answer incoming calls

within one ring.

• If you are in Tel mode when the answering machine is connected to your machine, you must switch off

the answering machine. Else, the outgoing message from the answering machine will interrupt your

phone conversation.

USING SECURE RECEIVE

You might need to prevent your received faxes from being accessed by unauthorized people. In secure receive

mode, all incoming faxes go into memory until they are accessed and released for printing. A 4-digit pincode can be

set to prevent faxes being printed by unauthorized users. If Secure Receive mode is deactivated, any faxes stored in

memory are automatically printed.

Note: Some options might be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

Activating Secure Receive

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to Secure Receive and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to On and press OK.

5. Enter the four-digit pincode you want to use and press OK.

You can activate secure receive mode without setting a pincode, but this will not protect your faxes.

6. Re-enter the pincode to confirm it and press OK.

When a fax is received in secure receive mode, your machine stores it in memory and shows Secure Receive to let

you know that a fax has been received in that mode.

Printing Secure Faxes

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to Secure Receive and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to Print and press OK.

5. If required, enter the four-digit pincode and press OK.

The machine prints all of the faxes stored in memory.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 137

Fax

Deactivating Secure Receive Mode

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Secure Receive and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to highlight Off and press OK.

5. If required, enter the four-digit pincode and press OK.

The mode is deactivated and the machine prints all faxes stored in memory.

OTHER FAX RECEIVE SETTINGS

These options can be accessed at the machine or at the computer.

FEATURE DESCRIPTION

Receive Mode

• Tel - receives a fax when user manually accepts using On Hook

button or handset.

• Fax - answers an incoming fax call and immediately goes into the

fax reception mode.

• Ans/Fax - select when an answering machine is attached to the

machine.

Ring to Answer Determines the number of times the calling fax machine should ring

before your machine answers.

Stamp Receive Name Check the Stamp Receive Name checkbox to enable the machine to

print a page number and the date and time of receipt on the bottom

of each page of a received fax.

Receive Start Code Initiates fax reception from an extension phone plugged into the

socket on the back of the machine. Select the required start code from

the menu. The default is 9.

Auto Reduction Select to reduce large documents received automatically to fit on the

fax paper size of your machine.

Discard Size Select to reduce large documents received automatically to fit on the

fax paper size of your machine.

Two-sided fax printing Select to enable printing of two-sided faxes at your machine.

138

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Fax Forward Sent/Received

You can set the machine to forward all received and/or sent faxes to another fax or to a networked PC. This feature

can be useful if you are out of the office but have to receive faxes, for example, or if you want to archive a copy of

transmissions.

When you forward a fax to a PC, you must use Embedded Web Server to set up the destination details. You can

forward a fax to one destination. Refer to Embedded Web Server for instructions.

Note: Some options may be unavailable depending on your machine configuration.

FORWARDING SENT FAXES

You can set the machine to forward a copy of every fax sent. The forward destination can be another fax number.

When this feature is enabled, a copy of all sent faxes will be forwarded to the destination set until the option is

deactivated. To deactivate Fax Forward, refer the steps below.

To Enable Fax Forward Send from Machine:

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to scroll to Send Forward and press OK.

4. Select the option required:

FFaaxx

a. Scroll to Forward to Fax and press OK.

b. Scroll to On and press OK.

c. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press OK.

To Enable Fax Forward Send from Embedded Web Server:

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator ID and Password and select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Machine Settings link, select the Fax link on left navigation.

6. Select the Send Forward link on left navigation.

7. Click Enable in the Fax Forward to Fax area.

8. Enter a Forward No. and select Apply.

9. All faxes sent from your machine will also send (forward) a copy of the fax to the number you entered here.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 139

Fax

FORWARDING RECEIVED FAXES

You can forward all faxes received by your machine to another fax number or a networked PC. If this feature is

enabled, when the machine receives a fax, it is stored in memory and sent immediately to the destination you have

set. All received faxes will continue to be forwarded to the destination until the option is deactivated. To deactivate

Fax Forward, refer to Deactivating Fax Forward.

To Enable Fax Forward Receive from the Machine:

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to scroll to Rcv. Forward and press OK.

4. Select the option required: Forward to Fax, Forward to PC, Forward and Print

a. Forward to Fax: Scroll to On and press OK. Enter the fax number to which faxes are to be sent and press

OK.

b. Forward to PC: Scroll to On and press OK.

c. Forward and Print: Scroll to On and press OK.

Note: Forward and Print will cause the device to print the fax locally as well as forward, using whatever

forwarding method had been enabled.

To Enable Fax Forward Receive from Embedded Web Server:

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar. Press

Enter.

2. Select Properties.

3. If prompted, enter the Administrator ID and Password and select Login.

4. Click Properties.

5. In the Machine Settings link, select the Fax link.

6. Select the Receive Forward link.

7. Click Enable in the Fax Forward to Fax area.

8. Enter the fax number to which you want the fax to be forwarded: Forward No.

9. Enter a Start Time and End Time, these include both date and time.

10. If you want to forward the fax copy to a PC, click Enable check box for that option.

11. If you want to have the forwarded fax printed on receipt, click Enable for that option.

12. Select Apply.

To Enable Fax Forward Receive to PC:

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar. Press

Enter.

140

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

2. Select Properties.

3. If prompted, enter the Administrator ID and Password, then select Login.

4. Click Properties.

5. In the Machine Settings link, select the Fax link.

6. Select the Send Forward link.

7. Click Enable in the Fax Forward to PC area.

8. Enter the PC address to which you want the fax to be forwarded.

9. Enter a Start Time and End Time, these include both date and time.

10. Select Apply.

DEACTIVATING FAX FORWARD

Follow the steps below to deactivate the Fax Forward option.

To Disable Fax Forward from the Machine:

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Menu on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to scroll to Fax Feature and press OK.

4. Scroll to Forward and press OK.

5. Scroll to Fax, and press OK.

6. Scroll to Send Forward or Receive Forward and press OK.

7. Scroll to Off and press OK.

To Disable Fax Forward from Embedded Web Server:

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator ID and Password, and select Login.

5. On the Embedded Web Server page, click Properties.

6. In the Machine Settings link, select the Fax link.

7. Select the Send Forward or Receive Forward link, whichever one you want to disable.

8. Click the check box in the appropriate feature’s Enable box to Remove check and disable feature.

9. Select Apply. The Fax Forward feature will no longer be active at your machine.

Note: When you disable Receive Forward, your machine will return to the default Receive mode you have set

up – Fax, Tel, or Ans/Fax.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 141

Fax

Fax from PC

You can send a fax from your PC without going to the machine with your hard copy original. With this convenient

feature, you send your file to the fax machine as you do a print job and the machine sends out your file as it does a

fax job.

To send a fax from your PC you will need to install the PC-Fax software and customize the software settings. Refer

to Installation and Setup for these setup instructions.

TO SEND A FAX FROM THE PC:

1. Open the document you want to send.

2. Select Print from the File menu.

The Print window is displayed. It may look slightly different depending on your application.

3. Select Xerox MFP PC Fax from your printer list in the Name drop-down list box.

4. Select Printer Properties.

5. Select OK. The Fax Properties screen displays.

Two choices are offered:

• Specify fax options before sending: Use to set image quality parameters, add a cover page and message

before sending the fax.

• Select this option, select the Address Book you want to use from your PC, click OK, and Print window

reappears. Click OK.

• The Fax Options page appears.

• Check that the correct printer is identified at top. If not, select Change at right and select the printer

you want.

• Select a Recipient from the pull-down menu, or type in a recipient address, or click the Address Book

button to search for an address. You can specify up to 15 recipients.

• Choose the Quality option: Standard or Fine. Choose the Original Type: Text, Text/Photo, or Photo.

• To add a Cover page and message, select the check box. Fill in the text fields for the Cover page.

• Automatically send to: Use to send the fax without creating a cover or making further option selections.

• Select this option.

• Select the Add button to add new recipients, either by directly typing names and fax numbers or by

adding names from the relevant address book (from your PC). You can select up 15 addresses.

• If you want to know that the fax has been delivered to the destination fax, click Notify me on delivery.

For a preview of your document, including the cover page, click Preview.

• Click OK to send the document from your PC to your fax machine, which will fax the document to the

destination fax or faxes listed.

142

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Fax

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 143

Address Book

This chapter contains:

Address Book Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

Using Address Book from the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Using Address Book in EWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Address Book Overview

With the convenient Address Book feature on the Xerox B115 Multifunction Printer, you can have all the fax

addresses you need at your fingertips. Once the Address Book has been enabled during installation and setup, you

can enter single addresses, group addresses, and speed dial addresses and store them in your Address Book for

repeated use during fax jobs.

You can also search a global network address book from your machine, if the LDAP function has been set up. Refer

to Installation and Setup for directions on how to set up and enable the Address Book for your machine.

You can access the Address Book using the button on the B115 Multifunction Printer control panel or at a computer

using Embedded Web Server (EWS).

Key Address Book functions include:

• You can add addresses at any time from either the machine or EWS.

• The address book can store up to 500 entries on the B115 Multifunction Printer. Those

include up to 200 Speed Dial numbers.

• You can search your local addresses or your network’s global address book, if LDAP is set up.

• You can print out a list of all the address book entries from the Machine Status/Info Pages

menu.

144

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Address Book

Using Address Book from the Control Panel

From the Address Book button on the machine’s control panel, you can:

• Search for addresses

• Establish Speed Dial and Group Dial numbers for addresses

• Add, delete, or edit addresses for Individuals or Fax Groups

• Print the Address Book

You must be in the appropriate function mode for the job when using the Address Book. Select the fax button

before accessing the Address Book to perform the job.

SEARCHING THE ADDRESS BOOK

There are two ways to search for an address in the Address Book memory. You can either preview the entries

sequentially or search by entering the first letters of the name associated with the address.

1. Press Fax on the control panel depending on the type of job you want to do.

2. The Fax: _________ prompt appears in the user interface.

3. Press the Address Book button on the control panel.

4. Select Speed Dial or Group Dial depending on which address or set of addresses you want to search through.

Press OK.

5. The Search & Dial prompt appears. Press OK. At this point, you can choose the way you search through your

Address Book:

• Search All: to scroll through the complete list of addresses in your Address Book for the type of numbers

you selected such as Speed Dial or Group Dial.

• Search ID: provide the first few letters of the last name to narrow your search.

6. Select either Search All or Search ID. Press OK. For Search ID, enter a few letters of the name you are

searching for. The machine will return matching names.

7. Press the up/down arrows until the name and address you want displays and press OK.

SPEED DIAL NUMBERS

You can store up to 200 frequently-used fax addresses as speed dial numbers.

Registering a Speed Dial Number

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select New & Edit and press OK.

4. Select Speed Dial and press OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 145

Address Book

5. Enter a speed dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.

If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, a message is displayed. To start over with another

speed dial number, press Back. Enter another, unassigned speed dial number.

6. At the ID: _______ prompt, enter the name you want assigned to that speed dial number and press OK.

For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad.

7. Enter the fax address you want to assign to that speed dial number and press OK.

8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Editing Speed Dial Numbers

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select New & Edit and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Speed Dial and press OK.

5. Enter the speed dial number you want to edit and press OK.

6. Edit the details required:

• Change the name and press OK.

• Change the number/address and press OK.

7. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Using Speed Dial Numbers

When you are prompted to enter a destination number while sending a fax, enter the speed dial number

representing the stored number you want.

• For a one-digit (0-9) speed dial number, press and hold the corresponding digit button on the number keypad.

• For a two or three-digit speed dial number, press the first digit button(s) and hold down the last digit button.

GROUP DIAL NUMBERS

If you frequently send your documents to several destinations, you can group these destinations and set them

under a group dial number. You can then use a group dial number to send a document to all of the destinations

within the group. You can set up to 200 group dial numbers using the destination’s existing speed dial numbers.

Registering a Group Dial Number

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select New & Edit and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Group Dial and press OK.

146

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Address Book

5. Enter a group dial number between 1 and 200 and press OK.

If an entry is already stored in the number you choose, the display shows a message to allow you to change it.

6. Enter the name you want and press OK.

For details on how to enter alphanumeric characters, refer to Using the Keypad.

7. Enter the first few letters of the speed dial you want.

8. Scroll until the name and number you want appears and press OK.

9. Press OK when Yes appears at the Add Another? prompt.

Repeat the steps to add other speed dial numbers into the group.

When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Add Another? prompt and press OK.

10. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Editing a Group Dial Number

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select New & Edit and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Group Dial and press OK.

5. Enter the group dial number you want to edit and press OK.

6. Enter the first few letters of the speed dial name in that group you want to add or delete.

7. Scroll until the name and number you want displays and press OK.

If you enter a new speed dial number, Add? appears.

If you enter a speed dial number stored in the group, Delete? appears. Press OK to add or delete the number.

8. Press OK when Yes displays to add or delete more numbers and repeat the steps.

When you have finished, press the left/right arrows to select No at the Another Number? and press OK.

9. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

Using Group Dial Numbers

To use a group dial entry, you need to search for and select it from memory.

When you are prompted to enter a destination number while sending a fax, press Address Book.

There are two ways to search for a number in memory. You can either search from A to Z sequentially, or you can

search by entering the first letters of the name associated with the number.

SSeeaarrcchhiinngg SSeeqquueennttiiaallllyy

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Search & Dial and press OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 147

Address Book

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Group Dial and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select All and press OK.

6. Scroll until the name and number you want appears. You can search upwards or downwards through the

entire memory in alphabetical order.

SSeeaarrcchhiinngg uussiinngg tthhee NNaammee

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Search & Dial and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Group Dial and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select Search ID and press OK.

Enter the first few letters of the name you want.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select the group dial’s name and number you want appears.

DELETING AN ADDRESS BOOK ENTRY

1. Press Fax on the control panel.

2. Press Address Book on the control panel.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Delete and press OK.

4. Press the up/down arrows to select Speed Dial or Group Dial and press OK.

5. Press the up/down arrows to select the searching method you want appears and press OK.

• Select Search All to search for an entry by scanning through all entries in Address Book.

• Select Search ID to search for an entry by entering the first few letters of the name.

6. Press the up/down arrows to select the name you want appears and press OK.

Or, enter the first letters. Scroll until the name you want appears and press OK.

7. Press OK when Yes appears to confirm the deletion.

8. Press Stop to return to Ready mode.

PRINTING THE LOCAL ADDRESS BOOK

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2. Select Information Pages and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select Address Book and press OK.

4. At the Print? prompt, select Yes. Your local Address Book listings will print.

148

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Address Book

Using Address Book in EWS

From your computer, you can access EWS, then use and manage Address Book from EWS to:

• Search for addresses.

• Establish Speed Dial and Group Dial numbers for addresses.

• Add, delete, or edit addresses for Individuals or Fax Groups.

You must be in the appropriate function mode for the job when using the Address Book. Select the Fax button

before accessing the Address Book to perform the job.

TO SEARCH FOR AN ADDRESS IN EWS:

1. Access EWS using Easy Printer Manager or by entering the IP address of the machine in the browser window

and pressing Enter.

2. From the EWS home page, click Address Book.

3. Select the type of address: Individual or Fax Group.

4. Select the address from the list on screen. You can scroll through the Address Book or search by user name in

the search window at the top of the list.

TO ADD AN ADDRESS:

1. Select the type of address you want to add in the left column: Individual or Fax Group.

2. When the list displays on-screen, click Add.

3. Enter the information in the form to add a new person to the Address Book, or click on a listing in the display to

add an existing address to a Group. You can assign a Speed Dial number here also.

4. Select Apply. The address will appear in the required list.

TO EDIT OR DELETE AN ADDRESS:

1. Select the type of address you want to change or delete in the left column: Individual or Fax Group.

2. When the list displays on-screen, select the address you want to change or delete.

3. Select Edit or Delete, whichever action you want to take with the address.

4. When finished making the change, click Apply. The address listing will be changed.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 149

Address Book

150 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Address Book

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 151

Security

This chapter contains:

Security at Xerox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Machine Digital Certificate Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

SNMPv3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

IP Sec . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

IP Filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

802.1X Authentication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

This chapter describes how to configure the Security features for the machine.

Security at Xerox

For the latest information on securely installing, setting up, and operating your machine, refer to the Xerox Security

Information Web site located at www.xerox.com/security.

152

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

Security Settings

To prevent unauthorized changes to printer settings, ensure a login ID and password is entered in the System

Administrator area.

ADMINISTRATOR ACCOUNTS

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the System Security link.

6. Select System Administrator.

7. If required, enter Administrator details for:

• Name

• Phone Number

• Location

• Email Address

8. The WebUI Access Control check box controls access to the Web Server screen.

9. To change the Administrator Password, select the Change Password check box, then enter the required Login

ID and password.

10. Select the Advanced button for Advanced Access Control.

11. Select Protect Login IPv4 Address if required, then enter the required login IP address that you want to

protect in the IPv4 Address box.

12. Select the required option for Login Failure Policy. The options are: Off, 3 times, and 5 times.

13. Select the required number of minutes from the Auto Logout menu.

14. Select Security Settings Reset to enable this option, if required.

15. Select Save.

16. To control access to the machine control panel, select the Enable check box to enable LUI Access Control.

17. Select Apply to save the changes.

18. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

FEATURE MANAGEMENT

The Feature Management screen allows you to control the Services, Physical Ports, PC Scan Security, and Network

Protocols that are available on the machine.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 153

Security

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the System Security link.

6. Select the Feature Management link in the directory tree.

7. To enable or disable a feature, select the required Enable check box or Disable link.

• For the LPR/LPD Protocol, enter the required port number. The default is 515.

• For Raw TCP/IP Printing Protocol, enter the required port number. The default is 9100.

8. Click Apply to save the changes.

9. Select OK.

RESTART DEVICE

The Restart Device screen allows you to reboot the machine remotely from your desktop.

Note: When the machine is restarted, the Network Controller will take some time to restart. The network

connectivity will be unavailable during this time.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select Properties.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the System Security link.

6. Select the Restart Device link in the directory tree.

7. To reboot the machine, select the required Restart Now button.

8. The Do you really want to restart the device screen appears. Click Yes. The machine will reboot. Embedded

Web Server might be unavailable for several minutes while the machine reboots.

154

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

Machine Digital Certificate Management

OVERVIEW

The machine can be configured for secure access with the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) protocol using Digital

Certificates. SSL enables secure access to the machine.

To enable SSL on a machine, it needs to have its own digital certificate. When clients make a request to the

machine, it exports the certificate to provide an encrypted channel.

There are two options available to obtain a server certificate for the machine:

• Have the machine create a Self-Signed Certificate

• Create a request to have a Certificate Authority sign a certificate that can be uploaded to the machine.

A self-signed certificate means that the machine signs its own certificate as trusted and creates the public key for

the certificate to be used in SSL encryption.

A certificate from a Certificate Authority or a server functioning as a Certificate Authority, for example, Windows

2000 running Certificate Services, can be uploaded to the machine.

Note: A separate request is required for each Xerox machine.

INFORMATION CHECKLIST

Ensure that the machine is configured with the following items:

• An IP Address or Host Name must be configured on the machine.

• DNS must be enabled and configured on the machine.

Note: This is used to set the start time for self-signed certificates.

ACCESS THE MACHINE DIGITAL CERTIFICATE MANAGEMENT SCREEN

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the Network Security link.

6. Select the Digital Certificate link. The Certificate Management page displays.

7. Select Add.

Select one of the following options:

• Install/Create Device Certificate or CSR. The following options are available:

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 155

Security

– Create a Self-signed Device Certificate

– Install CA signed Device Certificate

– Create Certificate Signing Request (CSR)

• Install Root Certificate

CREATE A SELF-SIGNED CERTIFICATE

1. In the Install/Create New Certificate area, select Create a Self Signed Device Certificate.

2. Select Next.

3. In the Self-signed Certificate area:

a. Enter a Friendly Name.

b. In the 2 Letter Country Code field, enter the Country Code that represents the country in which the

machine is located. The country code must be entered as a two-character ISO 3166 country code.

c. If required, enter details in the following fields:

• State/Province Name

• Locality Name

• Organization Name

• Organization Unit

Information entered for these options must describe the machine as per the X500 directory scheme but

can be of any value which is meaningful to the customer to identify the machine.

Note: The Common Name is taken from the machine’s IP Address/Host Name and Domain Name.

d. In the Valid Period box, enter the number of days that the certificate must be valid. Once the specified

time is reached, the certificate will expire. The start time is based on the current machine system time. So,

it is important that the time is set correctly on the machine.

e. Enter the Email Address of the Administrator who is responsible for the secure management of the

machine.

4. Select the Next button. A message displays to show the success of the certificate creation.

5. Click the Close button. The certificate displays in the Certificate Management area.

6. Follow the steps in Enable Secure Connection.

CREATE A CERTIFICATE SIGNING REQUEST

1. In the Install/Create New Certificate area, select Create Certificate Signing Request.

2. Select Next.

3. In the Certificate Signing Request (CSR) area:

a. Enter a Friendly Name to identify the request.

b. In the 2 Letter Country Code field, enter the Country Code that represents the country in which the

machine is located. The country code must be entered as a two-character ISO 3166 country code.

156

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

c. If required, enter details in the following fields:

• State/Province Name

• Locality Name

• Organization Name

• Organization Unit

Information entered for these options must describe the machine as per the X500 directory scheme but

can be of any value which is meaningful to the customer to identify the machine.

Note: The Common Name is taken from the machine’s IP Address/Host Name and Domain Name.

d. Enter the Email Address of the Administrator who is responsible for the secure management of the

machine.

4. Click Next.

5. In the Certificate Signing Request (CSR) area, click Download.

6. Send the downloaded file to your Certificate Authority for digital signing.

7. When you receive the signed certificate back from the Certificate Authority, follow the steps below to Install a

CA Signed Device Certificate.

INSTALL A CA SIGNED DEVICE CERTIFICATE

1. In the Install/Create New Certificate area, select Install CA Signed Device Certificate.

2. Select Next.

3. In the Certificate Information area:

a. Enter a Friendly Name to identify the certificate.

b. Enter the required Private Password and Confirm Password.

c. In the CA Signed Certificate area, click Browse to find the certificate file on your computer. Select the file.

d. Click Next.

4. Select the Apply button to accept the changes.

If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select OK.

5. If successful, the Current Status area displays a confirmation message.

6. Follow the steps in Enable Secure Connection.

INSTALL ROOT CERTIFICATE

1. In the Install Root Certificate area, select Install New Root Certificate.

2. Select Next.

3. In the Self-Signed Certificate area:

a. Enter a Friendly Name to identify the certificate.

b. In the Root Certificate area, click Browse to find the certificate file on your computer. Select the file.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 157

Security

c. Click Next.

4. Select the Apply button to accept the changes.

If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, and select Login.

5. If successful, the Current Status area will display a confirmation message.

6. Follow the steps in Enable Secure Connection.

ENABLE SECURE CONNECTION

Once the machine has a machine Server Certificate, you can enable Secure Connection.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the Network Security link.

6. Select the Secure Connection link.

7. Click the Select Certificate button and select the required certificate. Click Select. The certificate displays in

the Certificate for Secure Connection area.

8. In the Secure HTTP area, select the required option in the HTTPs menu. Select Both HTTP and HTTPs to

enable Secure IPP, or select HTTPs Only.

9. Select Import and Export Functions if required.

10. If you select Both HTTP and HTTPs, select On from the IPPs menu, if required.

11. Select Apply to save the changes.

EDIT OR DELETE A CERTIFICATE

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the Network Security link.

6. Select the Digital Certificate link. The Certificate Management page displays with a list of the certificates

installed on this machine.

7. Select the box next to the Friendly Name of the certificate that you want to edit or delete.

• Select the Edit button to edit the certificate. Make the required changes and click Apply.

• Select the Delete button to delete the certificate and click Yes to confirm.

158

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

SNMP

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) settings can be configured using Embedded Web Server.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Network Settings link, select the SNMP link.

6. Select SNMPv1/v2.

a. Select the Enable check box to enable SNMPv1/v2 Protocol.

b. Select the required Community Name from the list, or click Add to add a new SNMP Community. The

Add menu appears.

• Enter the required Name for the SNMP Community.

• Select the required Access Permission.

7. Select Apply to save the changes.

8. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

SNMP TRAPS

You can specify IPv4 Trap Destination Addresses.

1. From the SNMP page, in the SNMP Traps area, select Add.

2. In the Trap Destination Address area, enter details in the IPv4 Address and Port Number fields.

3. In the Traps area, enter the name in the TRAP Community Name field.

4. For Traps to be received, select the check boxes to select the following Traps:

• Printer Traps

• Cold Start Traps

• Warm Start Traps

5. Select Apply to save the changes.

6. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

EDIT COMMUNITY NAMES OR SNMP TRAPS

1. From the SNMP page, in the Community Names or SNMP Traps area, select the name or address you want

to edit.

2. Select Edit.

3. Change the required options and select Apply to save the changes.

4. Select OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 159

Security

DELETE COMMUNITY NAMES OR SNMP TRAPS

1. From the SNMP page, in the Community Names or SNMP Traps area, select the name or address you want

to delete.

2. Select Delete.

3. Select Yes.

Note: Changes made to the GET or SET community names for this machine will require corresponding GET or

SET community name changes for each application which uses the SNMP protocol to communicate with this

machine, for example, Xerox Embedded Web Server, any third party network management applications, and

so on.

160

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

SNMPv3

SNMPv3 can be enabled to create an encrypted channel for secure machine management.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Network Settings link, select the SNMP link.

6. Select the SNMPv3 link. The SNMPv3 page displays.

7. In the Setup area:

a. Select the Enable check box to enable SNMPv3 Protocol.

b. In the Authentication area, enter the required User Name.

c. Enter a password in the Authentication Password field.

d. Enter the password again in the Confirm Password field.

e. For Authentication Algorithm, select either MD5 or SHA.

f. Enter a password in the Privacy Password field.

g. Enter the password in the Confirm Password field.

The Privacy Algorithm displays.

8. Select Apply to save the changes.

9. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 161

Security

IP Sec

IP Sec (IP Security) is comprised of the IP Authentication Header and IP Encapsulating Security Payload protocols

that secure IP communications at the network layer of the protocol stack, using both authentication and data

encryption techniques. The ability to send IP Sec encrypted data to the printer is provided by the use of a public

cryptographic key, following a network negotiating session between the initiator (client workstation) and the

responder (printer or server). To send encrypted data to the printer, the workstation and the printer have to

establish a Security Association with each other by verifying a matching password (shared secret) to each other. If

this authentication is successful, a session public key will be used to send IP Sec encrypted data over the TCP/IP

network to the printer. Providing additional security in the negotiating process, SSL (Secure Sockets Layer protocols)

are used to assure the identities of the communicating parties with digital signatures (individualized checksums

verifying data integrity), precluding password guessing by network sniffers.

ENABLE IP SEC

This procedure requires that you have a Shared Secret available.

IP Sec cannot be enabled until Secure Connection is enabled on the machine. For instructions, refer to Enable

Secure Connection.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, then select Login. Click Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the Network Security link.

6. Select the IP Security link. The IP Security page displays.

7. Click Enable to enable the IP Sec protocol.

8. Enter the Shared Secret and Confirm Shared Secret.

9. Select Apply to save the settings. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

10. The IP Sec Current Status confirms the status of the IP Sec protocol.

11. To change the Shared Secret, click the Change Shared Secret button and enter the new Shared Secret

information.

12. Click Apply to save the changes.

162

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

IP Filtering

OVERVIEW

The IP Filtering is a security feature that allows you to control access to Web Server. IP Filtering allows you to

prevent unauthorized access by IP (Internet Protocol).

The IP Filtering feature provides security to the machine, by allowing you to register the IP addresses permitted to

communicate with the machine. This feature is used to prevent Raw TCP/IP Printing, LPR/LPD, HTTP, Fax to PC, IPP,

SNMP, and Scan Manager for Network from unauthorized users.

ENABLE IP FILTERING

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine into the Address bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Click the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator user ID and Password, then click Login.

5. Click the Security link.

6. Click the Network Security link.

For IPv4 Filtering

1. Select IPv4 Filtering.

2. Select the IPv4 Filtering Enable check box.

3. Enter the IP Address(es) to permit IP addresses to access the device.

4. Enter the IP address or IP address range by using an asterisk (*) as a wild-card character. For example:

192.246.238.* is used to reference a subnet of host addresses.

192.246.* is used to reference a wider subnet of host addresses.

192.* is used to reference the widest subnet of host addresses.

5. The ability to filter on a port or ports is also supported. Enter the port information.

6. Click Apply to accept changes.

7. Click OK.

For IPv6 Filtering

1. Select IPv6 Filtering.

2. Select the IPv6 Filtering Enable check box.

3. Enter the IP Address(es) to permit IP addresses to access the device.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 163

Security

4. Enter the IPv6 address in the form of a CIDR convention. Prefix indicates the number of leftmost bits to be

referenced.

For example:

2001:DB8:1234:215:215:99FF:FE04:D345 / 128 is used to reference a complete address.

2001:DB8:1234:215:215:99FF:FE04:D345 / 64 is used to reference prefix address consisted of leftmost 64 bits

only.

2001:DB8:1234:215:215:99FF:: / 80 is used to reference prefix address consisted of leftmost 80 bits only.

5. The ability to filter on a port or ports is also supported. Enter the port information.

6. Click Apply to accept changes.

7. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

Enable MAC Filtering

1. Select MAC Filtering in the directory tree. The MAC Filtering page displays.

2. Select the MAC Filtering Enable box.

3. In the MAC Address to Filter Out area, select Add.

4. Enter the MAC Address that you want to filter out.

5. Select Apply to save the changes.

6. Select OK when the acknowledgment message displays.

164

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

802.1X Authentication

This is the procedure to install and setup 802.1X Authentication.

OVERVIEW

The Xerox machine supports IEEE 802.1X Authentication using Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP). IEEE

802.1X ensures all machines on the network is authenticated and authorized to use the network. 802.1X can be

enabled for machines connected through wired Ethernet networks.

The Administrator can configure the machine to use one EAP type. EAP types supported on the machine are:

• EAP-MD5

• PEAP

• EAP-MSCHAPv2

• EAP-TLS

INFORMATION CHECKLIST

Before starting ensure that the following items are available and/or the tasks have been performed:

• 802.1X authentication must be supported on the network where the machine is connected.

• Ensure that your 802.1X Authentication Server and authentication switch are available on the network.

• Create a User Name and Password on your Authentication Server that will be used to authenticate the machine.

ENABLE 802.1X AT THE MACHINE

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2. Press the Up/Down arrow buttons to select Network and press OK.

3. Enter the Administrator Password using the alphanumerical keypad.

4. Press the OK button, the Network Settings menu displays.

5. Press the Up/Down arrow buttons to select 802.1x and press OK.

6. Press the Up/Down arrow buttons to select On and press OK.

7. Press the Up/Down arrow buttons to select one of the following for the Authentication Method:

• EAP-TLS

• EAP-MSCHAPv2

• PEAP

• EAP-MD5

8. Press OK.

9. Enter the User Name using the alphanumerical keypad and press OK.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 165

Security

10. Enter the Password using the alphanumerical keypad and press OK.

The screen displays Saved and the machine reboots.

ENABLE 802.1X USING EMBEDDED WEB SERVER

Authentication using TLS requires a Device Certificate to be configured or uploaded to the machine. For

instructions, refer to Access the Machine Digital Certificate Management Screen.

Authentication using PEAP and TLS require a Root Certificate to be uploaded to the machine. For instructions, refer

to Install Root Certificate.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Properties icon.

4. If prompted, enter the Administrator User Name and Password, and select Login. Select Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the Network Security link.

6. Select 802.1X in the directory tree. The 802.1x Security page displays.

a. For 802.1x Security, select the Enable check box to enable.

b. From the Authentication Methods area, select one of the following methods:

• EAP-MD5

• EAP-MSCHAPv2

• PEAP

• TLS

7. If you select EAP-MD5, EAP-MSCHAPv2, or PEAP, the Credentials option appears. Enter the required details

in the Username and Password fields.

8. If you select PEAP or TLS, the Server Validation option appears. Select the Select Certificate button and

select the required root certificate to provide server validation.

9. If you select TLS, the Device Validation option appears. Select the Select Certificate button and select the

required certificate to provide device validation.

10. Select Apply to accept the changes.

11. Select OK when the acknowledgement message displays.

166

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Security

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 167

Maintenance

This chapter contains:

Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

General Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Software Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Consumables

Customer-replaceable consumable supplies for this printer include the following:

• Xerox B105/B115 Multifunction Printer Standard Capacity Print Cartridge.

ORDERING XEROX SUPPLIES

Xerox supplies for your machine can be ordered in several ways:

• Contact your local Xerox Representative or re-seller. Provide your Company Name, product number, and the

machine serial number.

Note: The machine’s serial number is located on the machine’s data plate on the rear cover, is

accessible from the Machine Status button in the System Setup menu, and also is printed on the

Configuration report.

• Order supplies online at www.xerox.com

• Access the Xerox webpage using Easy Printer Manager:

1. Select the printer for which you want to order supplies.

2. Select Order Supplies.

3. When another window pops up, select Order Supplies. When the Xerox webpage for ordering supplies

appears, place your order.

• Access the Xerox webpage using Embedded Web Server:

1. From your EWS page of the printer, select the Support > Support Links.

2. Select the Order Supplies link on the bottom of the page to go to the Xerox website and order online.

Warning: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. Use of toner and print cartridges other than

genuine Xerox Toner can affect print quality and printer reliability. Xerox Toner is the only toner designed

and manufactured under strict quality controls by Xerox for use with this specific printer.

The Xerox Warranty, Service Agreement, and Total Satisfaction Guarantee do not cover damage,

malfunction, or degradation of performance caused by use of non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox

supplies not specified for this printer. The Total Satisfaction Guarantee is available in the United States

and Canada. Coverage might vary outside these areas. Contact your Xerox representative for details.

CHECKING THE STATUS OF CONSUMABLES

You can check the status of your installed print cartridge at any time.

From the Machine

When your print cartridge is low on toner, the Machine Status light will blink orange to let you know it is time to

order a new Xerox print cartridge. A message on the control panel’s user interface will indicate it is time to prepare

a new cartridge when toner is low. When the cartridge is empty and needs to be replaced, the light will be solid

orange and a message on the user interface will direct you to replace the print cartridge.

168

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

The Low Toner Alert feature provides indication that supplies are low through the Machine Status light and error

messages on the user interface.

To enable the Low Toner Alert at your machine:

1. Press the Machine Status button on the control panel.

2. Use the up/down arrows to scroll to System Setup. Press OK.

3. Scroll to Maintenance. Press OK.

4. Scroll to Toner Low Alert. Press OK.

5. At On, press OK. Machine will save the selection.

From Your PC

Use Easy Printer Manager (EPM) to view a supplies status page:

1. At your PC, open Easy Printer Manager from the Start menu.

2. Select the printer.

3. From the Basic mode page (the smaller window), you can see the toner supply level in the Supplies tab. Select

the Paper tab to see what paper is loaded in the machine.

If you open EPM in the Advanced mode (large window), you will see Supplies Information just below the

device picture.

Note: Use the Switch icon in the EPM header to move between Basic and Advanced modes.

Use Embedded Web Server (EWS) to check supplies status.

Note: Ensure that you have a network connection to the Xerox machine to use EWS. You cannot access EWS

using a USB connection.

1. Enter the IP Address of the printer in your internet browser.

2. If prompted from the EWS page, enter the ID and password.

3. Select the Status tab.

4. Click Supplies in the left navigation to see the toner level in the printer.

STORAGE AND HANDLING OF CONSUMABLES

The print cartridge contains components that are sensitive to light, temperature, and humidity. Follow the

recommendations provided to ensure the optimum performance, highest quality, and longest life from your new

print cartridge.

Follow the guidelines below for storing and handling consumables:

• Always store print cartridges unopened and inside their original package.

• Store the correct side up in a horizontal position (not standing on end).

• Do not store consumables in:

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 169

Maintenance

– Temperatures greater than 40° C (104° F).

– Humidity range less than 20% and not greater than 80%.

– An environment with extreme changes in humidity or temperature.

– Direct sunlight or room light.

– Dusty places.

– A vehicle for a long period of time.

– An environment where corrosive gases are present.

– An environment with salty air.

• Do not store consumables directly on the floor.

• Do not touch the surface of the photosensitive drum in the print cartridge.

• Do not expose the print cartridge to unnecessary vibrations or shock.

• Never manually rotate the drum in the print cartridge, especially in the reverse direction as this can cause

internal damage and toner spillage.

WHEN TO ORDER CONSUMABLE SUPPLIES

To avoid print quality problems resulting from worn parts and to maintain your machine in top working condition,

replace the print cartridge as directed:

• A blinking orange warning light and a message appears on the control panel

when the print cartridge is near its replacement time. Check if you have a

replacement on hand and order them when the warning appears if you do not. It is

important to order these items when the message appears first, to avoid interruption

to your printing.

• An error message and a solid orange warning light appears on the control panel

when the print cartridge must be replaced.

To replace the print cartridge, follow the instructions provided below or with the consumable.

Warning: When replacing consumables, DO NOT remove the covers or guards that are fastened with

screws. You cannot maintain or service any of the parts that are behind these covers and guards. DO NOT

attempt any maintenance procedure that is NOT specifically described in the documentation supplied with

your machine.

170

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

General Care

REDISTRIBUTING TONER

When the print cartridge is at the end of its life:

• White streaks on prints or light printing occurs.

• The low toner indicator appears on the UI if the Low Toner Alert feature was enabled.

If either condition occurs, you can temporarily improve print quality by redistributing the remaining toner in the

cartridge. In some cases, white streaks or light printing will still occur even after you have redistributed the toner.

Follow these steps to redistribute the toner in your print cartridge and temporarily improve print quality.

1. Lift the top cover of the machine from under the control panel.

2. Reach in where the arrow indicates ‘open’ on the right and pull up to release the inside cover. Lift the panel in

the center of the machine to reveal the print cartridge.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 171

Maintenance

3. Pull out the print cartridge.

Caution: Do not touch the green underside of the print cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to

avoid touching this area.

4. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.

Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water

sets toner into fabric.

5. Re-install the print cartridge by inserting it slowly into the machine.

172 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

6. Close the top inside panel and the top cover securely.

When the Machine Status light on the control panel is solid green, the machine is ready.

REPLACING THE PRINT CARTRIDGE

Replace the print cartridge using the following instructions.

1. Lift the top cover of the machine from under the control panel.

2. Reach in where the arrow indicates ‘open’ on the right and pull up to release the inside cover. Then lift the

panel in the center of the machine to reveal the print cartridge.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 173

Maintenance

3. Pull out the print cartridge and dispose of it properly.

4. Remove the new print cartridge from its packaging as directed by the packaging labels.

Caution: Do not touch the green underside of the print cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to

avoid touching this area.

5. Slowly shake the cartridge five or six times to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge.

Note: If toner gets on your clothing, wipe it off with a dry cloth and wash clothing in cold water. Hot water

sets toner into fabric.

174

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

6. Hold the print cartridge by the handle and slowly insert the cartridge into the opening in the machine. Tabs on

the sides of the cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine will guide the cartridge into the

correct position until it locks in.

7. Close the top panel and the top cover.

When the Machine Status light is solid green, the machine is ready.

RECYCLING CONSUMABLES

For information on Xerox supplies recycling programs, go to www.xerox.com/gwa.

CLEANING THE MACHINE

Warning: When cleaning the machine, do NOT use organic or strong chemical solvents or aerosol

cleaners. Do NOT pour fluids directly onto any area. Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed

in this documentation. Keep all cleaning materials out of the reach of children.

Warning: Do not use pressurized air-spray cleaning aids on or in this equipment. Some pressurized air-

spray containers contain explosive mixtures and are not suitable for use in electrical applications. Use of

such cleaners can result in a risk of explosion and fire.

Platen Glass and Constant Velocity Transport (CVT) Glass (Xerox B115 Multifunction Printer only):

To ensure optimum print quality at all times, clean the glass areas of your machine regularly.

When you use the automatic document feeder, your documents will pass over the stationary scanner using the

constant velocity transport (CVT) glass. Any dirt or marks on this piece of glass might:

• Cause lines, streaks, smears, and other spots on your copies, faxes, or scanned images.

• Show through the document and appear on your scanned images.

To clean the glass areas of your machine:

1. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with a mild, general cleaning fluid or a suitable non-abrasive glass

cleaner to clean the platen glass and the CVT (only on the B115 Multifunction Printer).

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 175

Maintenance

2. Wipe away any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.

3. Use a lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water, a mild cleaning fluid or a film remover to clean the underside

of the automatic document feeder and the CVT glass cover.

Control Panel, Automatic Document Feeder, and Output Tray

Regular cleaning keeps the display, control panel, and other machine areas free from dust and dirt.

1. Use a soft, lint-free cloth, lightly dampened with water.

2. Wipe clean the entire area of the control panel, including the display.

3. Wipe clean the automatic document feeder (on the B105/B115 Multifunction Printer), output tray, paper tray

and other outside areas of your machine.

4. Remove any residue with a clean cloth or paper towel.

Internal Areas

During the printing process, paper, toner, and dust particles can accumulate inside the machine. This can cause

print quality problems, such as toner specks or smearing. Cleaning inside the machine clears and reduces these

problems.

1. Turn the machine off and unplug the power cord. Wait for the machine to cool down.

176 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

2. Lift the top cover of the machine from under the control panel.

3. Reach in where the arrow indicates ‘open’ on the right and pull up to release the inside cover. Then lift the

panel in the center of the machine to reveal the print cartridge.

4. Pull the print cartridge out and place it on a clean flat surface.

Caution: To prevent damage to the print cartridge, do not expose it to light for more than a few minutes.

Cover it with a piece of paper, if necessary.

Do not touch the green surface on the underside of the print cartridge. Use the handle on the cartridge to

avoid touching this area.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 177

Maintenance

5. With a dry, lint-free cloth, wipe away any dust and spilled toner from the print cartridge area.

Caution: Be careful not to damage any inside parts. Do not use solvents such as benzene or thinner to

clean. It can cause printing quality problems and damage to the machine.

6. Reinstall the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine

will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it locks into place.

7. Close the machine top panel and top cover.

8. Plug in the power cord and turn the machine on. When the Machine Status light is solid green, the machine is

ready.

178 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

MOVING THE MACHINE

• When moving the machine, do not tilt or turn it upside down as the inside of the machine may become

contaminated with toner, which can cause damage to the machine or adversely affect print quality.

• When moving the machine, ensure to hold the machine securely from the bottom.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 179

Maintenance

Software Update

Xerox is continually seeking to improve its products. A software revision might become available to improve the

functionality of your machine. The Software Upgrade feature allows the customer to upgrade the machine

software without needing a Customer Service Representative to be present.

THE SOFTWARE UPGRADE PROCESS

The software can be upgraded over a network connection using Embedded Web Server.

• Any jobs in the printer queue must be allowed to complete or be deleted before initiating a software upgrade.

• This procedure will prevent further jobs from being received until the upgrade has completed.

• All configured network settings and installed options will be retained by the machine after the Software

Upgrade process.

Process Checklist

Before starting, ensure that the following items are available and/or the tasks have been performed:

• Obtain the new software upgrade file for your machine from the www.xerox.com website or from your Xerox

Customer Support Representative. The upgrade file will have an extension of .hd. Download the upgrade file to

a local or network drive. You will be able to delete the file after the upgrade procedure.

• It is important to obtain the correct upgrade file for your particular model of machine. For instructions to

determine which model of machine you have, refer to Installation and Setup.

• TCP/IP and HTTP protocols must be enabled on the machine so that the machine Web browser can be

accessed.

Procedure

Note: The upgrade should take less than 10 minutes unless there are network issues.

1. At your workstation, open the Web browser and enter the IP Address of the machine in the Address Bar.

2. Press Enter.

3. Select the Login link at the top of the screen. Enter the Administrator User Name and Password, and select

4. Select Properties.

5. In the Security link on the left hand side, select the System Security link.

6. Select the Feature Management link in the directory tree.

7. Select the Firmware Upgrade Enable box.

8. Click Apply to save the changes.

9. Select the Support tab.

10. In the Firmware Upgrade link, select the Upgrade Wizard button.

11. The Firmware Upgrade Wizard screen appears. In the Firmware File area:

180

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

a. Select Browse.

b. Locate and select the software upgrade .hd file obtained earlier.

c. Select Open.

12. Select Next. The firmware will now be verified and display information about the upgrade file.

13. Select Next to continue. The upgrade should take less than 10 minutes unless there are network issues.

14. Once the machine has completed the upgrade, it will reboot automatically. The configuration report will print

(if enabled). Check the configuration report to verify that the software level has changed.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 181

Maintenance

182 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Maintenance

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 183

Troubleshooting

This chapter contains:

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Clearing Paper Jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Common Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Further Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Overview

This section provides information on what to do if a problem occurs with your machine. If a problem occurs,

messages appear on the control panel display to indicate the error. Perform the following problem solving

procedure:

1. Check the display message to see what kind of error has occurred.

If several messages appear, press the up/down arrows to select the message you want to solve.

2. Use the following information to resolve the problem:

• Error Messages

• Paper Tray Jams

• Automatic Document Feeder Jams (B115 Multifunction Printer only)

• Paper Feeding Problems

• Printing Problems

• Copying Problems

• Scanning Problems

• Fax Problems (B115 Multifunction Printer only)

3. Press OK on the control panel. If an error message still appears, repeat the procedure.

4. If the problem cannot be resolved, power off and on, and try the job again.

If the problem persists, call for service. When you call for service, provide the service representative with the

machine serial number, IP address, and the contents of the display message.

Note: Your machine might not have a feature or part mentioned, such as the Automatic Document Feeder

or Fax. Follow the directions pertinent to your machine model. Refer to Getting Started for information on

models and features.

STATUS OR WIRELESS LED

The color of the Status or Wireless LED located on the control panel indicates the machine’s current status. The

table below describes the various indicators.

Note: Some LEDs may not be available, depending on machine configuration.

LED

COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION

Status LED None Off Machine is offline

Green On The machine is online and ready to use.

Blinking The machine is receiving or printing data.

Red On

• A machine cover is opened. Close the cover.

• There is no paper in the tray when receiving or

printing data. Load paper in the tray.

184

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

LED

COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION

• The machine has stopped due to a major error. Check

the display message.

• A paper jam has occurred.

Blinking A minor error has occurred and the machine is waiting for

the error to be cleared. Check the display message. When

the problem is cleared, the machine resumes.

Orange On The print cartridge has reached its estimated end of life.

Replace the print cartridge. (Refer to Replacing the Print

Cartridge.)

Blinking The print cartridge is near its estimated end of life.

Prepare a new cartridge for replacement. You may

temporarily increase the printing quality by redistributing

the toner. (Refer to Redistributing Toner.)

Blue On The machine is connected to a wireless network.

Blinking The machine is in the process of connecting to a wireless

network.

Off The machine is not connected to a wireless network.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 185

Troubleshooting

Clearing Paper Jams

TIPS FOR AVOIDING PAPER JAMS

By selecting the correct media types, most paper jams can be avoided. When a paper jam occurs, refer to the

instructions for the particular area of the machine.

• Ensure that the adjustable guides on the paper tray are positioned correctly.

• Do not overload the tray. Ensure that the paper level is below the paper capacity mark on the inside of the tray.

• Do not remove paper from the tray while your machine is printing.

• Flex, fan, and straighten paper before loading.

• Do not use creased, damp, or highly curled paper.

• Do not mix paper types in the tray.

• Use only recommended print media. (Refer to Media Types.)

• Ensure that the recommended side of the print media is facing up in the tray.

• When a paper jam occurs, a warning message appears on the display screen.

• To avoid tearing the paper, pull the jammed paper out slowly and gently. Follow the instructions in the following

sections to clear the jam.

Note: Your machine might not have a feature or part mentioned, such as the Automatic Document Feeder

or Fax. Follow the directions pertinent to your machine model. Refer to Getting Started for information on

models and features.

AUTOMATIC DOCUMENT FEEDER JAMS (B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER ONLY)

When an original gets jammed while passing through the automatic document feeder, a warning message appears

on the display screen.

Caution: To avoid tearing the document, remove the jammed document slowly and gently.

Note: To prevent document jams, use the platen glass for thick, thin, or mixed paper-type originals.

1. Remove any remaining pages from the automatic document feeder.

186

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

2. Open the automatic document feeder cover.

3. Gently remove the jammed paper from the automatic document feeder. If you do not see paper in this area,

go to the next step.

4. Close the ADF cover.

5. Lift the automatic document feeder and gently pull out any jammed originals. Close the automatic document

feeder.

6. Reload the removed pages into the automatic document feeder and press the Start button to resume the job.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 187

Troubleshooting

Paper Tray Jams

1. Remove paper from the machine tray.

2. Gently pull out any jammed paper from machine.

3. Open and close the top cover of machine, lifting from under center of control panel. Printing resumes

automatically.

CLEARING JAMS INSIDE THE MACHINE

Caution: The fuser area is hot. Take care when removing paper from the machine.

188

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

1. Open the top cover, lifting from under the center of the control panel.

2. Reach into the blue area on right marked ‘Open’ and lift up so that the panel inside the machine opens. Lift

that panel to reveal the print cartridge.

3. Pull the print cartridge out, lifting it up slightly at the front.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 189

Troubleshooting

4. Remove the jammed paper by gently pulling it out straight.

5. Re-install the print cartridge. Tabs on the sides of the cartridge and corresponding grooves within the machine

will guide the cartridge into the correct position until it locks in.

6. Close the inside panel and the top cover.

Printing automatically resumes.

190 Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Error Messages

Use the following information to solve problems on the machine. Some messages might not appear on the display

depending on options or models.

MESSAGE MEANING SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

Jam inside machine Paper has jammed inside the machine. Clear the jam. (Refer to Paper Tray

Jams.)

Network Problem Wi-Fi

Connection

Wireless not connected Turn machine off, then on again.

Network Problem IP

Conflict

The network IP address you have set is

being used by someone else.

Check the IP address and reset it if

necessary.

Jam at Document Feeder A page of original document has

jammed in the automatic document

feeder.

Clear the jam. (Refer to Automatic

Document Feeder Jams.)

Document Feeder cover

open

The platen glass or ADF cover is not

securely latched.

Close the cover until it locks into place.

Paper Jam in Tray 1 Paper has jammed in the tray area. Clear the jam. (Refer to Paper Tray

Jams.)

Replace Print Cart The print cartridge has reached the end

of its lifespan. The printer stops printing.

Replace the print cartridge. (Refer to

Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

Toner is low.

Order Print Cart

Only a small amount of toner is left in

the print cartridge. The cartridge will

need to be replaced soon.

Prepare a new cartridge for

replacement. You may temporarily

increase the printing quality by

redistributing the toner. (Refer to

Redistributing Toner.)

Invalid Print Cart The print cartridge you have installed is

not for your machine.

Install a new print cartridge designed

for your machine. (Refer to

Maintenance for Supplies information.)

Install Print Cart The print cartridge is not installed. Install the print cartridge.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 191

Troubleshooting

Common Problems

The following charts list some conditions that might occur and the recommended solutions. Follow the suggested

solutions until the problem is resolved. If the problem persists, call for service.

PAPER FEEDING PROBLEMS

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

Paper jams during printing.

• Clear the paper jam. (Refer to Clearing Paper Jams.)

Paper sticks together.

• Check the maximum paper capacity of the tray. (Refer to Media

Specifications.)

• Ensure that you are using the correct type of paper. (Refer to Media

Types.)

• Remove paper from the tray and flex or fan the paper.

• Humid conditions might cause some paper to stick together.

• Different types of paper might be stacked in the tray. Load paper of only

one type, size, and weight.

Paper does not feed into the

machine.

• Remove any obstructions from inside the machine.

• Paper has not been loaded correctly. Remove paper from the tray and

reload it correctly.

• There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.

• The paper is too thick. Use only paper that meets the specifications

required by the machine. (Refer to Media Specifications.)

The paper keeps jamming.

• There is too much paper in the tray. Remove excess paper from the tray.

An incorrect type of paper is being used. Use only paper that meets the

specifications required by the machine. (Refer to Media Types.)

• There might be debris inside the machine. Clean the inside of the

machine. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

Transparencies stick together in

the paper exit.

• Use only transparencies specifically designed for laser printers. Remove

each transparency as it exits from the machine.

Envelopes skew or fail to feed

correctly.

• Ensure that the paper guides are against both sides of the envelopes.

The originals keep jamming in the

automatic document feeder.

• If an original does not feed into the machine, the automatic document

feeder rubber pad might need to be replaced. Contact a service

representative.

192

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

PRINTING PROBLEMS

CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

The machine does not print. The machine is not receiving

power.

• Check the power cord connections.

• Check the power switch and the power

source.

The machine is not selected as

the default machine.

• Select your machine as your default

machine in Windows.

Check the machine for the following:

• The top cover is not closed. Close the top cover.

• Paper is jammed. Clear the paper jam. (Refer to Clearing Paper Jams.)

• No paper is loaded. Load paper.

• The print cartridge is not installed. Install the print cartridge.

If a system error occurs, contact your service representative.

The connection cable between

the computer and the machine

is not connected properly.

• Disconnect the machine cable and

reconnect it.

The connection cable between

the computer and the machine

is defective.

• If possible, attach the cable to another

computer that is working properly and

print a job. You can also try using a

different machine cable.

The port setting is incorrect.

• Check the Windows printer setting to

ensure that the print job is sent to the

correct port. If the computer has more

than one port, ensure that the machine

is attached to the correct one.

The machine might be

configured incorrectly.

• Check the printer driver options to

ensure that all of the print settings are

correct.

The printer driver might be

incorrectly installed.

• Reinstall the printer software. (Refer to

Installation and Setup.)

The machine is malfunctioning.

• Check the display message on the

control panel to see if the machine is

indicating a system error. Contact a

service representative.

A print job is extremely slow. The job might be very complex.

• Reduce the complexity of the page or

try adjusting the print quality settings.

• After 100 consecutive prints the device

print speed will slow down until the

current job completes. The next job will

return to rated speed.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 193

Troubleshooting

CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

Half the page is blank. The page orientation setting

might be incorrect.

• Change the page orientation in your

application. Refer to the printer driver

help screen.

The paper size and the paper

size settings do not match.

• Ensure that the paper size in the printer

driver settings matches the paper in the

tray.

• Or, ensure that the paper size in the

printer driver settings matches the paper

selection in the software application

settings you use.

The machine prints, but the

text is wrong, garbled, or

incomplete.

The machine cable is loose or

defective.

• Disconnect the machine cable and

reconnect. Try a print job that you have

already printed successfully. If possible,

attach the cable and the machine to

another computer that you know works

and try a print job.

• Try a new machine cable.

The wrong printer driver was

selected.

• Check the printer selection menu of the

application to ensure the correct

machine is selected.

The software application is

malfunctioning.

• Try printing a job from another

application.

The operating system is

malfunctioning.

• Exit Windows and reboot the computer.

Turn the machine off and back on again.

Pages print, but are blank. The print cartridge is defective

or out of toner.

• Redistribute the toner, if necessary.

• If necessary, replace the print cartridge.

The file might have blank

pages.

• Check the file to ensure that it does not

contain blank pages.

Some parts, such as the

controller or the board, might

be defective.

• Contact a service representative.

The machine does not print

PDF file correctly. Some parts

of graphics, text, or illustrations

are missing.

Incompatibility between the

PDF files and the Acrobat

products.

• Printing the PDF file as an image might

enable the file to print. Turn on Print As

Image from the Acrobat printing

options. It will take longer to print when

you print a PDF file as an image.

The print quality of photos is

not good. Images are not clear.

The resolution of the photo is

very low.

• Reduce the photo size. If you increase

the photo size in the software

194

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

CONDITION POSSIBLE CAUSE SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

application, the resolution will be

reduced.

Before printing, the machine

emits vapor near the output

tray.

Using damp paper can cause

vapor during printing.

• Load a new batch of paper.

• To avoid the paper absorbing too much

moisture, do not open packages of

paper until required.

The machine does not print

special- sized paper, such as

billing paper.

Paper size and paper size

setting do not match.

• Set the correct paper size in the Custom

Paper Size Settings in the Paper tab in

the Printing Preferences.

COMMON WINDOWS PROBLEMS

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

File in Use message appears during installation.

• Exit all software applications. Remove all software

from the startup group of the printer, then restart

Windows. Reinstall the printer driver.

General Protection Fault, Exception OE,

Spool 32, or Illegal Operation messages

appear.

• Close all other applications, reboot Windows and

try printing again.

Fail To Print, or A printer timeout error

occurred, messages appear.

• These messages might appear during printing. Just

keep waiting until the machine finishes printing. If

the message appears in standby mode or after

printing has been completed, check the connection

and/or whether an error has occurred.

Note: Refer to the Microsoft Windows User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on

Windows error messages.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 195

Troubleshooting

COMMON LINUX PROBLEMS

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

The machine does not print.

• Check if the print driver is installed on your system. Open the

Unified Driver Configurator and switch to the Printers tab in the

Printers Configuration window to look at the list of available

machines. Ensure that your machine is displayed on the list. If not,

open the Add new printer wizard to set up your machine.

• Check if the machine is started. Open the Printers Configuration

window and select your machine from the printer list. Look at the

description in the Selected printer pane. If its status contains

Stopped, press the Start button. Normal operation of the

machine should be restored. The stopped status might be

activated if problems in printing occurred. For instance, this could

be an attempt to print a document when the port is being used

by a scanning application.

• Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the

machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),

simultaneous access of different consumer applications to the

same port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them

at a time is allowed to gain control over the machine. The other

consumer will encounter a device busy response. You should open

the Ports Configuration window and select the port assigned to

your machine. In the Selected port pane, you can see if the port

is occupied by some other application. If this is the case, you

should either wait for completion of the current job or press the

Release port button.

• Check if your application has a special print option such as -oraw.

If -oraw is specified in the command line parameter, then remove

it to print properly. For Gimp front-end, select Print > Setup

printer and edit command line parameters in the command item.

The machine does not print whole

pages, and output is printed on half the

page.

• It is a known problem that occurs on version 8.51 or earlier of

Ghostscript, 64-bit Linux OS. The problem is solved in AFPL

Ghostscript v.8.52 or above. Download the latest version of AFPL

Ghostscript from https://sourceforge.net/projects/ghostscript/ and

install it to solve this problem.

Cannot scan using Gimp Front-end.

• Check if the Gimp Front-end has Xsane: Device dialog. on the

Acquire menu. If not, you should install the Xsane plug-in for

Gimp on the your computer. You can find the Xsane plug-in

package for Gimp on the Linux distribution CD or the Gimp home

page. For detailed information, refer to the Help for Linux

distribution CD or the Gimp Front-end application.

• If you want to use another kind of scan application, refer to the

Help files of the application.

Error message Cannot open port

device file displays when printing a

• Avoid changing print job parameters, for example, using LPR GUI,

while a print job is in progress. Known versions of CUPS server

196

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

document. break the print job whenever print options are changed and try to

restart the job from the beginning. Since Unified Linux Driver locks

the port while printing, the abrupt termination of the driver keeps

the port locked and unavailable for subsequent Print jobs. If this

situation occurs, try to release the port by selecting Release port

in Port Configuration window.

The machine does not appear on the

scanners list.

• Ensure your machine is attached to your computer, connected

properly using the USB port, and is turned on.

• Ensure the scanner driver for your machine is installed on your

system. Open Unified Linux Driver configurator, switch to

Scanners Configuration, then press Drivers. Ensure that a driver

with a name corresponding to the machine name is listed in the

window.

• Ensure the port is not busy. Since functional components of the

machine (printer and scanner) share the same I/O interface (port),

simultaneous access of different consumer applications to the

same port is possible. To avoid possible conflicts, only one of them

at a time is allowed to gain control over the machine. The other

consumer will encounter device busy response. This usually

happens when starting a scan procedure. An appropriate message

box appears.

• To identify the source of the problem, open the Ports

Configuration and select the port assigned to your scanner,

port's symbol /dev/mfp0 corresponds to LP:0 designation

displayed in the scanners’ options, /dev/mfp1 relates to LP:1, and

so on. USB ports start at /dev/mfp4, so scanner on USB:0 relates

to /dev/mfp4 respectively and so forth sequentially. In the

Selected port pane, you can see if the port is occupied by

another application. If this is the case, you should either wait for

completion of the current job or press the Release port button.

The machine does not scan.

• Ensure a document is loaded into the machine, ensure your

machine is connected to the computer.

Note: Refer to the Linux User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on Linux error

messages.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 197

Troubleshooting

COMMON MACINTOSH PROBLEMS

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

The machine does not print PDF files correctly.

Some parts of graphics, text, or illustrations are

missing.

• Printing the PDF file as an image might enable the file to

print. Turn on Print As Image from the Acrobat printing

options.

• It will take longer to print when you print a PDF file as an

image.

Some letters are not displayed normally during

the cover page printing.

• Mac OS cannot create the font during the cover page

printing. The English alphabet and numbers are displayed

normally on the cover page.

Note: Refer to the Macintosh User Guide supplied with your computer for further information on Macintosh

error messages.

PRINT QUALITY PROBLEMS

If the inside of the machine is dirty or paper has been loaded improperly, there might be a reduction in print

quality. Refer to the below to clear the problem.

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

Light or faded

• If a vertical white streak or faded area appears on the page, the toner supply is low. You

might be able to temporarily extend the print cartridge life. (Refer to Redistributing Toner.)

If this does not improve the print quality, install a new print cartridge.

• The paper may not meet paper specifications, for example, the paper may be too moist

or rough. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• If the entire page is light, the print resolution setting is too low or the ECO mode is on.

Adjust the print resolution and turn the ECO mode off. Refer to the help screen of the

printer driver.

• A combination of faded or smeared defects may indicate that the print cartridge needs

replacing. (Refer to Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

Toner specks

• The paper may not meet specifications, for example, the paper may be too moist or

rough. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• The transfer roller may be dirty. Clean the inside of your machine. (Refer to Cleaning the

Machine.)

• The paper path may need cleaning. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

Dropouts If faded areas, generally rounded, occur randomly on the page:

• A single sheet of paper may be defective. Try reprinting the job.

• The moisture content of the paper is uneven or the paper has moist spots on its surface.

Try a different brand of paper. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

198

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

• The paper is damaged. The manufacturing processes can cause some areas to reject

toner. Try a new ream or brand of paper.

• Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab, and

set type to Thick.

• If these steps do not correct the problem, contact a service representative.

White Spots

If white spots appear on the page:

• The paper is too rough and dirt from the paper falls to the inner areas of the machine

onto the transfer roller. Clean the inside of your machine. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

• The paper path may need cleaning. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

Vertical lines

If black vertical streaks appear on the page, isolate the problem to copying, printing or

scanning and perform the following:

• If copying or scanning, check the CVT glass and platen glass and if necessary clean using

a lint-free cloth. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

• If copying or printing, the print cartridge inside the machine has probably been scratched.

Remove the print cartridge and install a new one. (Refer to Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

Background

If the amount of background shading becomes unacceptable:

• Change to a lighter weight paper. (Refer to Media Specifications.)

• Check the environmental conditions: very dry conditions or a high level of humidity

(higher than 80 % RH) can increase the amount of background shading.

• Remove the old print cartridge and install a new one. (Refer to Replacing the Print

Cartridge.)

• Use the Background Suppression feature in the Menu options.

Toner smear

If toner smears on the page:

• Clean the inside of the machine. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

• Check the paper type and quality. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• Remove the print cartridge and install a new one. (Refer to Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

Vertical

repetitive defects

If marks repeatedly appear on the printed side of the page at even intervals:

• The print cartridge may be damaged. Run a few prints through the machine and if you

still have the problem, remove the print cartridge and install a new one. (Refer to

Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 199

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

• Parts of the machine may have toner on them. If the defects occur on the back of the

page, the problem will likely correct itself after a few more pages.

• The fusing assembly may be damaged. Contact a service representative.

Background

scatter

Background scatter results from bits of toner randomly distributed on the printed page.

• The paper may be too damp. Load a new batch of paper. Do not open packages of paper

until necessary so that the paper does not absorb too much moisture.

• If background scatter occurs on an envelope, change the printing layout to avoid printing

over areas that have overlapping seams on the reverse side. Printing on seams can cause

problems.

• If background scatter covers the entire surface area of a printed page, adjust the print

resolution through your software application or using the printer driver options.

Misformed

characters

• If characters are improperly formed and producing hollow images, the paper stock may

be too slick. Try different papers. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• If characters are improperly formed and producing a wavy effect, the scanner unit may

need service. Contact a service representative.

Page skew

• Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• Ensure that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack. (Refer to

Loading Paper.)

Curl or wave

• Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. Both high temperature and humidity can cause paper

curl. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in the

tray.

Wrinkles or

creases

• Ensure that the paper is loaded properly.

• Check the paper type and quality. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180 degrees in the

tray.

200

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

Back of printouts

are dirty

Check for leaking toner. Clean the inside of the machine. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

Solid Black

pages

• The print cartridge may not be installed properly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert it.

• The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new one.

(Refer to Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

• The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Loose toner

• Clean the inside of the machine. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

• Check the paper type and quality. (Refer to Media Guidelines.)

• Remove the print cartridge and install a new one. (Refer to Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

• The machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Character Voids

Character voids are white areas within parts of characters that should be solid black:

• If you are using transparencies, try another type of transparency. Because of the

composition of transparencies, some character voids are normal.

• You may be printing on the wrong surface of the paper. Remove the paper and turn it

around.

• The paper may not meet paper specifications. (Refer to Media Specifications.)

Horizontal

stripes

If horizontally aligned black lines, stripes, streaks, or smears appear:

• The print cartridge may be installed improperly. Remove the cartridge and reinsert it.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 201

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

• The print cartridge may be defective. Remove the print cartridge and install a new one.

(Refer to Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

• If the problem persists, the machine may require repair. Contact a service representative.

Curl

If the printed paper is curled or paper does not feed into the machine:

• Turn the stack of paper over in the tray. Also try rotating the paper 180° in the tray.

• Change the printer option and try again. Go to Printing Preferences, click Paper tab, and

set type to Thin.

An unknown

image

repetitively

appears on a

few sheets or

loose toner, light

print, or

contamination

occurs.

• Your machine is probably being used at an altitude of 1,500 m (4,921 ft) or above.

• The high altitude may affect the print quality, such as loose toner or light imaging.

Change the correct altitude setting to your machine. (Refer to Machine Settings.)

COPYING PROBLEMS

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

Copies are too light or too dark.

• Use Darkness in Copy feature to lighten or darken the copies.

Smears, lines, marks, or spots appear on

copies.

• If the defects are on the original, use Darkness in Copy feature to

lighten the background of your copies.

• If there are no defects on the original, clean the scanner unit.

(Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

• If the defect occurs when using the automatic document feeder,

clean the CVT glass using a lint-free cloth. (Refer to Cleaning the

Machine.)

Copy image is skewed.

• Ensure that the original is face down on the platen glass and not

skewed.

• Ensure that the original is face up in the automatic document

feeder and just touching the guides.

• Check that the copy paper is loaded correctly.

• The transfer roller might be dirty. Clean the inside of your machine.

(Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

202

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

Blank copies.

• Ensure that the original is face down on the platen glass or face up

in the automatic document feeder. If the problem continues,

contact a service representative.

Image rubs off the copy easily.

• Replace the paper in the tray with paper from a new package.

• In high humidity areas, do not leave paper in the machine for

extended periods of time.

Frequent copy paper jams occur.

• Fan the stack of paper, then turn it over in the tray. Replace the

paper in the tray with a fresh supply. Check/adjust the paper

guides, if necessary.

• Ensure that the paper is the proper type and weight.

• Check for copy paper or pieces of copy paper remaining in the

machine after a paper jam has been cleared.

Print cartridge produces fewer copies

than expected before running out of

toner.

• Your originals might contain pictures, solids, or heavy lines. For

example, your originals may be forms, newsletters, books, or other

documents that use more toner.

• The automatic document feeder may be left open while copies are

being made.

• Turn the machine off and back on.

SCANNING PROBLEMS

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

The scanner does not work.

• Ensure that you place the original to be scanned

face down on the platen glass, or face up in the

automatic document feeder.

• There might not be enough available memory to

hold the document you want to scan.

• Check that the machine cable is connected

properly.

• Ensure that the machine cable is not defective.

Switch the cable with a known good cable. If

necessary, replace the cable.

• Check that the scanner is configured correctly.

Check scan setting in the application you want to

use to make certain that the scanner job is being

sent to the correct port, for example, USB001.

The unit scans very slowly.

• Check if the machine is printing received data. If so,

scan the document after the received data has

been printed.

• Graphics are scanned more slowly than text.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 203

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

TThhee ffoolllloowwiinngg mmeessssaaggee aappppeeaarrss oonn yyoouurr ccoommppuutteerr ssccrreeeenn::

• Machine cannot be set to the H/W mode you want. • There may be a copy or print job in progress. Try

your job again when that job is finished.

• Port is being used by another program. • The selected port is currently being used. Restart

your computer and try again.

• Port is Disabled. • The machine cable may be improperly connected

or the power may be off.

• Scanner is busy receiving or printing data. When

the current job is completed, try again.

• The scanner driver is not installed or the operating

environment is not set up properly.

• Invalid handle. • Ensure that the machine is properly connected and

the power is on, then restart your computer.

• Scanning has failed. • The USB cable may be improperly connected or the

power may be off.

FAX PROBLEMS (B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER ONLY)

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

No dial tone.

• Check that the phone line is properly connected.

• Check that the phone socket on the wall is working by plugging

in another phone.

The numbers stored in memory do not dial

correctly.

• Ensure that the numbers are stored in memory correctly. To

check, print an Address Book list. (Refer to Address Book.)

The original does not feed into the

machine.

• Ensure that the paper is not wrinkled and you are inserting it

correctly. Check that the original is the right size, not too thick

or thin.

• Ensure that the automatic document feeder is firmly closed.

• The automatic document feeder rubber pad may need to be

replaced. Contact a service representative.

Faxes are not received automatically.

• The receiving mode should be set to fax.

• Ensure that there is paper in the tray.

• Check to see if the display shows any error message and follow

the instructions to remedy the problem.

The machine does not send.

• Ensure that the original is loaded in the automatic document

feeder or on the platen glass.

• Check the fax machine you are sending to, to see if it can

receive your fax.

204

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

CONDITION SUGGESTED SOLUTIONS

• Try the job again later, the line may have a fault or be busy.

The incoming fax has blank spaces or is of

poor quality.

• The fax machine sending you the fax may be faulty.

• A noisy phone line can cause line errors.

• Check your machine by making a copy.

• The print cartridge may be empty. Replace the print cartridge.

(Refer to Replacing the Print Cartridge.)

Some of the words on an incoming fax are

stretched.

• The fax machine sending the fax had a temporary document

jam.

There are lines on the originals you sent.

• Check your scanner unit for contamination or debris and clean

it. (Refer to Cleaning the Machine.)

The machine dials a number, but the

connection with the other fax machine fails.

• The other fax machine may be turned off, out of paper, or

cannot answer incoming calls. Speak with the other machine

operator and ask her/him to solve out the problem.

Faxes do not store in memory.

• There may not be enough memory space to store the fax. If

the display indicating the memory status shows, delete any

faxes you no longer need from the memory and try to store

the fax again.

• Call for service.

Blank areas appear at the bottom of each

page or on other pages, with a small strip of

text at the top.

• You may have chosen the wrong paper settings in the user

option setting. For details about paper settings, refer to Setting

Paper Size and Type.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 205

Troubleshooting

Further Assistance

For any additional help, visit our customer website at www.xerox.com or contact the Xerox Support Center quoting

the machine serial number.

XEROX SUPPORT CENTER

If a fault cannot be resolved by following the display instructions, refer to Error Messages. If the difficulty persists,

contact the Xerox Support Center. The Xerox Support Center will want to know the nature of the problem, the

machine serial number, the fault code, if any, including the name and location of your company.

LOCATING THE SERIAL NUMBER

The serial number can be found:

• On the machine’s data plate on the rear cover.

• On the Configuration report. Refer to the instructions below to print the report.

• On the Embedded Web Server Home page. Refer below to access EWS status and reports.

PRINTING A MACHINE REPORT

At the machine, you can print several types of reports on the machine's information and activity.

1. Press Machine Status on the control panel.

2. Press the up/down arrows to scroll to Information Pages and press OK.

3. Press the up/down arrows to select the report you want to print. Options may vary depending on the model of

your machine:

• Configuration, Network Configuration, Supplies Info, Usage Counter, Fax Received, Fax Sent, Scheduled

Jobs, Fax Confirm, Address Book.

4. Press OK.

5. Select Yes at the Print? prompt and press OK.

From a networked PC, you can find your machine’s serial number, print a configuration report, and browse the

status. To get to Embedded Web Server:

• Open a Web browser at your networked computer.

• Enter the machine's IP address in the browser address window.

• Embedded Web Server open to the Home page, where you can see the Serial Number on the left.

• To print reports, select Information > Print Information. Select and print the report you need.

206

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Troubleshooting

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 207

Specifications

This chapter contains:

Machine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

Feature Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Network Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Machine Specifications

MACHINE CONFIGURATIONS

COMPONENT

B105 MULTIFUNCTION

PRINTER

B115 MULTIFUNCTION

PRINTER

Machine Functions Print

Copy

Scan

Copy

Scan

Fax

Hardware Configuration 600 MHz Processor

128 MB Memory

Paper Tray

2 Line LCD User Interface

Connectivity USB 2.0

Wireless

Wired network (support USB

2.0)

Wireless

Machine Size

(width x depth x height)

16 x 14.2 x 10 in.

(406 x 360 x 255 mm)

16 x 14.2 x 12.2 in.

(406 x 360 x 308 mm)

Machine Weight

Net (with consumables)

16.5 lbs. (7.5 Kg) 18.9 lbs. (8.6 Kg)

Access From the front

First Print Out Time Less than 8.5 seconds from Ready

Less than 19.0 seconds from Power Save

Warm Up Time Less than 14 seconds from Power Save

MEDIA SPECIFICATIONS

Paper Tray

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Capacity: Paper Tray 150 sheets 20 lb. (80 g/m

) bond paper

10 sheets special paper: envelopes, labels, cardstock, thick

Media Weights 16–43 lb. (60–163 g/m

)

208

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Specifications

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Media Sizes Length: min: 5 in., max: 14 in. (127–356 mm)

Width: min: 3 in., max: 8.5 in. (76–216 mm)

A4, A5, Letter, Legal, Folio, Oficio, Executive, Envelope (Monarch/

Com 10/DL/C5), ISO B5, JIS B5, Custom

Media Types Plain Paper, Thin, Thick, Recycled, Bond, Card Stock, Cotton,

Archive, Labels, Envelopes, Color, Pre-printed

Copying Input

FEATURE

B105 MULTIFUNCTION

PRINTER

B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

ADF Capacity N/A 40 sheets 20 lb. (80 g/m

) bond paper

ADF Document Weights N/A 16–24 lb. (60–90 g/m

)

ADF Document Sizes N/A Length: min 5.8–max 14 in. (148–356 mm)

Width: min 5.6–max 8.5 in. (142–216 mm)

A4, A5, A6, Letter, Legal, Folio, Oficio, Executive,

ISO B5, JIS B5, 3 in x 5 in, Envelope (Monarch,

No.10, DL, C5, C6), Custom

Document Types Single sheet, book copying Plain, Thin, Thick, Thicker, Cotton, Colored,

Envelope, Transparency, Pre-printed, Recycled,

Labels, Bond, Card Stock, Archive

Output Tray

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Output Tray 100 sheets of 20 lb. (80 g/m

) bond paper

Delivered face down

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 209

Specifications

Feature Specifications

PRINT SPECIFICATIONS

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Speed: Simplex Up to 21 ppm on Letter

Up to 20 ppm on A4

Maximum Print Area 8.5 x 14 in. US Legal (216 mm x 356 mm)

Maximum Print Resolution 600 x 600 dpi

Up to 1200 x 1200 effective output

Average Print Cartridge Yield 1500 standard prints

From Print Cartridge supplied with the machine: 700 standard

prints

Standard Printer Memory 128 MB

Compatibility Windows PC/MAC/Linux/Unix

Printer Language GDI (Emulation)

FAX SPECIFICATIONS (B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER ONLY)

FEATURE

B105

MULTIFUNCTION

PRINTER

B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Fax Transmission Speed N/A: no fax

capability

Tx speed: 3 sec (Mono/Standard/ECM- MMR/ITU-T G3

No. 1 chart)

Modem Speed N/A Modem speed: 33.6 Kbps

Telephone Line Type N/A Standard public analog switched telephone line or

equivalent PSTN, PABX

Communication Standard N/A ITU-T, G3, ECM

Maximum Resolution Capability N/A 300 x 300 dpi

Effective Scanning Width N/A 8.5 in. (216 mm)

Maximum Print Width N/A 8.5 in. (216 mm)

Connection Approvals N/A EU/EEA: certified to TBR21 USA: approved to FCC Pt

Canada: approved to DOC CS-03 Other countries:

certified to national PTT standards

210

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Specifications

COPY SPECIFICATIONS

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

First Copy Out Time From Platen in Standby Mode: 14 seconds

From Platen in Power Save Mode: 42 seconds

From ADF in Standby Mode: 15 seconds

From ADF in Power Save Mode: 42 seconds

Zoom Range 25–400 percent

From platen and ADF

Maximum Resolution 600 x 600 dpi

Multi Copy 1–99

Copy Speeds Single original, multiple copies: 21 cpm/letter, 20 cpm/A4

(Germany: up to 14 cpm/A4, Austria/Belgium: up to 9 cpm/A4)

Multiple originals, multiple copies (ADF): 17 ipm

Copy Modes Text, Text/Photo, Photo

SCAN SPECIFICATIONS

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Maximum Document Width 8.5 in. (216 mm)

Effective Scan Width 8.2 in. (208 mm)

Maximum Resolution Up to 1200 x 1200 dpi optical

Enhanced: up to 4800 x 4800 dpi

Scan to PC using USB or network connection Yes

Scan Speeds Halftone/Gray: 17 ipm @ 300 dpi

Color: 4 ipm @ 300 dpi

Scan Send Modes Black and White, Grayscale, and Color

Grayscale 256 levels

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 211

Specifications

Network Environment

ITEM

B105 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Network Interface

• 802.11b/g/n Wireless LAN

• USB 2.0

• Ethernet 10/100/1000 Base-TX

• 802.11b/g/n Wireless LAN

• Support USB

Network Operating system

• Windows 10 and 11 (32/64 bit), Server 2016 (32/64 bit), Server 2019 (32/

64 bit)

• Various Linux OS

Network Protocols

• TCP/IPv4, TPC/IPv6

• DHCP, BOOTP, AutoIP

• DNS, WINS, DDNS, Bonjour, SLP, UPnP (SSDP)

• Standard TCP/IP Printing, LPR, IPP, WSD

• SNMPv1/v2c/v3, HTTP, SetIP

212

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Specifications

Electrical Specifications

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Frequency 50/60 Hz

Electrical Voltage 110–127 VAC

220–240 VAC

Average Power Consumption Operating Average: Less than 350 Watts

Power Save mode: Less than 2.8 Watts

Stand By mode: Less than 40 Watts

Power Off mode: 0.7 Watts

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 213

Specifications

Environmental Specifications

FEATURE B105/B115 MULTIFUNCTION PRINTER

Operating Temperature - both

printer and consumables

Between 10–32° C (50–90° F)

Relative Humidity Acceptable Humidity range: 10–80 percent

Optimal humidity range: 20–70 percent

Optimal relative humidity at 28° C (82° F)

Note: Under extreme environmental conditions, such as 10° C and

80% relative humidity, defects can occur due to condensation.

Elevation For optimum performance, use the printer at elevations below 3100 m

(10,170 ft.).

214

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Specifications

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 215

Safety

This chapter contains:

Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

Operational Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

Maintenance Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

• Your printer and the recommended supplies have been designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements.

Attention to the following information ensures the continued safe operation of your Xerox printer.

• The safety and environment testing and performance of this product have been verified using Xerox

materials

only.

• Unauthorized alterations, which can include the addition of new functions or connection of external devices, can

affect the product certification. For more information, contact your Xerox representative.

Electrical Safety

GENERAL GUIDELINES

Warning: Unauthorized alterations, which may include the addition of new functions or connection of

external machines, may impact the machine certification. Contact your Xerox representative for more

information.

• Do not push objects into slots or openings on the printer. Touching a voltage point or shorting out a

part might result in fire or electric shock.

• Do not remove the covers or guards that are fastened with screws unless you are installing optional

equipment and are instructed to do so. Turn off the printer when performing these installations.

Disconnect the power cord when removing covers and guards for installing optional equipment. Except

for user-installable options, there are no parts that you can maintain or service behind these covers.

The following are hazards to your safety:

• The power cord is damaged or frayed.

• Liquid is spilled into the printer.

• The printer is exposed to water.

• The printer emits smoke, or the surface is unusually hot.

• The printer emits unusual noise or odors.

• The printer causes a circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device to activate.

If any of these conditions occur, do the following:

1. Turn off the printer immediately.

2. Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.

3. Call an authorized service representative.

POWER CORD

Use the power cord supplied with your printer.

• Plug the power cord directly into a properly grounded electrical outlet. Ensure that each end of the cord is

connected securely. If you do not know if an outlet is grounded, ask an electrician to check the outlet.

Warning: To avoid risk of fire or electrical shock, do not use extension cords, power strips, or power

plugs for more than 90 days. When a permanent outlet receptacle cannot be installed, use only one

factory-assembled extension cord of the appropriate gauge per printer or multifunction printer.

Always adhere to national and local building, fire, and electrical codes regarding length of cord,

conductor size, grounding, and protection.

• Do not use a ground adapter plug to connect the printer to an electrical outlet that does not have a ground

connection terminal.

216

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

• Verify that the printer is plugged into an outlet that is providing the correct voltage and power. Review the

electrical specification of the printer with an electrician if necessary.

• Do not place the printer in an area where people can step on the power cord.

• Do not place objects on the power cord.

• Do not plug or unplug the power cord while the power switch is in the On position.

• If the power cord becomes frayed or worn, replace it.

• To avoid electrical shock and damage to the cord, grasp the plug when unplugging the power cord.

The power cord is attached to the printer as a plug-in device on the back of the printer. If it is necessary to

disconnect all electrical power from the printer, disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet.

EMERGENCY TURN OFF

If any of the following conditions occur, turn off the printer immediately and disconnect the power cord from the

electrical outlet. Contact an authorized Xerox service representative to correct the problem if:

• The equipment emits unusual odors or makes unusual noises.

• The power cable is damaged or frayed.

• A wall panel circuit breaker, fuse, or other safety device has been tripped.

• Liquid is spilled into the printer.

• The printer is exposed to water.

• Any part of the printer is damaged.

LASER SAFETY

This printer complies with laser product performance standards set by governmental, national, and international

agencies and is certified as a Class 1 Laser Product. The printer does not emit hazardous light because the beam is

totally enclosed during all modes of customer operation and maintenance.

Warning: Use of controls, adjustments, or performance of procedures other than those specified in this

manual can result in hazardous radiation exposure.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 217

Safety

Operational Safety

Your printer and supplies were designed and tested to meet strict safety requirements. These include safety agency

examination, approval, and compliance with established environmental standards.

Your attention to the following safety guidelines helps to ensure the continued, safe operation of your printer.

OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES

• Do not remove any paper trays while the printer is printing.

• Do not open the doors when the printer is printing.

• Do not move the printer when it is printing.

• Keep hands, hair, neckties, and so on, away from the exit and feed rollers.

• Covers, which require tools for removal, protect the hazard areas within the printer. Do not remove the

protective covers.

• Do not override any electrical or mechanical interlock devices.

• Do not attempt to remove paper that is jammed deeply inside the printer. Switch off the printer promptly and

contact your local Xerox representative.

OZONE RELEASE

This printer produces ozone during normal operation. The amount of ozone produced is dependent on copy volume.

Ozone is heavier than air and is not produced in amounts large enough to harm anyone. Install the printer in a well-

ventilated room.

For more information in the United States and Canada, go to www.xerox.com/environment. In other markets,

contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.

• In the United States and Canada, refer to FFaaccttss aabboouutt oozzoonnee and FFaaccttss aabboouutt vveennttiillaattiioonn in https://www.

xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs/health-and-safety for additional information about ozone.

• In other markets, contact your local Xerox representative or go to www.xerox.com/environment_europe.

PRINTER LOCATION

• Place the printer on a level, solid, non-vibrating surface with adequate strength to hold its weight. To find the

weight for your printer configuration, refer to Machine Specifications.

• Do not block or cover the slots or openings on the printer. These openings are provided for ventilation and to

prevent overheating of the printer.

• Place the printer in an area where there is adequate space for operation and servicing.

• Place the printer in a dust-free area.

• Do not store or operate the printer in an extremely hot, cold, or humid environment.

• Do not place the printer near a heat source.

• Do not place the printer in direct sunlight to avoid exposure to light-sensitive components.

218

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

• Do not place the printer where it is directly exposed to the cold air flow from an air conditioning system.

• Do not place the printer in locations susceptible to vibrations.

• For optimum performance, use the printer at the elevations specified in Environmental Specifications.

PRINTER SUPPLIES

• Use the supplies designed for your printer. The use of unsuitable materials can cause poor performance and a

possible safety hazard.

• Follow all warnings and instructions marked on, or supplied with, the product, options, and supplies.

• Store all consumables in accordance with the instructions given on the package or container.

• Keep all consumables away from the reach of children.

• Never throw toner, print/drum cartridges, or toner containers into an open flame.

• When handling cartridges, for example toner and such, avoid skin or eye contact. Eye contact can cause

irritation and inflammation. Do not attempt to disassemble the cartridge, which can increase the risk of skin or

eye contact.

Caution: Use of non-Xerox supplies is not recommended. The Xerox Warranty, Service Agreement, and

Total Satisfaction Guarantee do not cover damage, malfunction, or degradation of performance caused

by use of non-Xerox supplies, or the use of Xerox supplies not specified for this printer. The Total

Satisfaction Guarantee is available in the United States and Canada. Coverage might vary outside these

areas. Contact your Xerox representative for details.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 219

Safety

Maintenance Safety

• Use supplies and cleaning materials only as directed in the Maintenance section of this manual.

• Do not remove covers or guards that are fastened with screws. There are no parts behind these covers that you

can maintain or service.

• Do not attempt any maintenance procedure that is not specifically described in the documentation supplied

with your printer.

• Clean with a dry lint-free cloth only.

Warning: Aerosol cleaners can be explosive or flammable when used on electromechanical

equipment.

• Do not burn any consumables or routine maintenance items. For information on Xerox supplies recycling

programs, go to www.xerox.com/gwa.

PRINTER SYMBOLS

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

Indicates a hazard which, if not avoided, might result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a mandatory action to take in order to avoid damage to the property.

Hot surface on or in the printer. Use caution to avoid personal injury.

Do not burn the item.

Do not expose the imaging unit to light for more than 10 minutes.

Do not expose the imaging unit to direct sunlight.

Do not touch the part or area of the printer.

220

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION

Wait for the printer to cool for the specified time before touching the fuser.

This item can be recycled. For details, refer to Recycling and Disposal.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 221

Safety

Environmental, Health, and Safety Contact Information

For more information on Environment, Health, and Safety in relation to this Xerox product and supplies, contact the

following customer help lines:

• Website: https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs

• Call (US and Canada only): 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376)

• Email (world-wide): [email protected]

222

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Safety

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 223

Regulatory

This chapter contains:

Basic Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Copy Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Fax Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Safety Data Sheets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Basic Regulations

Xerox has tested this device to electromagnetic emission and immunity standards. These standards are designed to

mitigate interference caused or received by this device in a typical office environment.

UNITED STATES (FCC REGULATIONS)

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to part 15

of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a

residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed

and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However,

there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause

harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on,

the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

This equipment has been verified to comply with the limits for a class B computing device, pursuant to FCC Rules.

To maintain compliance with FCC regulations, shielded cables must be used with this equipment. Operation with

non-approved equipment or unshielded cables is likely to result in interference to radio and TV reception. The user is

cautioned that changes and modifications made to the equipment without the approval of manufacturer could

void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Responsible Party: Xerox Corporation

Address: 800 Phillips Road, Webster, NY 14580

Website: https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs

• This product contains a 2.4-GHz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module that complies with the requirements

specified in FCC Part 15.

• For products with WiFi or Bluetooth, the transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any

other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20

centimeters between the radiator and your body.

CANADA

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003 and ICES-001.

This device complies with Industry Canada’s license-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two

conditions:

224

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Regulatory

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

• This product contains a 2.4-GHz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module that complies with the requirements

specified in Industry Canada RSS-247 Issue 4.

• Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer may void the user’s authority to operate

this equipment.

• For products with WiFi or Bluetooth, the transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any

other antenna or transmitter. This equipment should be installed and operated with a minimum distance of 20

centimeters between the radiator and your body.

EUROPEAN UNION

The CE mark applied to this device symbolizes Xerox’s declaration of conformity with the

following applicable Directives of the European Union as of the dates indicated:

• Radio Equipment Directive 2014/53/EU

This printer, if used properly in accordance with the user's instructions, is not dangerous for the consumer or for the

environment.

To ensure compliance with European Union regulations, use shielded interface cables.

A signed copy of the Declaration of Conformity for this device can be obtained from Xerox.

EUROPEAN UNION LOT 4 IMAGING EQUIPMENT AGREEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION

Environmental Information Providing Environmental Solutions and Reducing Cost

Introduction

The following information has been developed to assist users and has been issued in relation to the European

Union (EU) Energy Related Products Directive, specifically the Lot 4 study on Imaging Equipment. This requires

manufacturers to improve environmental performance of in scope products and supports the EU action plan on

energy efficiency.

In scope products are Household and Office equipment that meet the following criteria:

• Standard monochrome format products with a maximum speed less than 66 A4 images per minute

• Standard color format products with a maximum speed less than 51 A4 images per minute

Environmental Benefits of Duplex Printing

Most Xerox products have duplex printing, also known as 2-sided printing, capability. This enables you to print on

both sides of the paper automatically, and therefore helps to reduce the use of valuable resources by reducing your

paper consumption. The Lot 4 Imaging Equipment agreement requires that on models greater than or equal to 40

ppm color or greater than or equal to 45 ppm monochrome the duplex function has been auto enabled, during the

setup and driver installation. Some Xerox models below these speed bands might also be enabled with 2-sided

printing settings defaulted on at the time of install. Continuing to use the duplex function will reduce the

environmental impact of your work.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 225

Regulatory

However, if you require simplex/1-sided printing, you may change the print settings in the printer driver.

TO LEARN MORE ABOUT: GO TO:

Power Consumption and Activation Times

Default Power Saver Settings

User Guide or System Administrator Guide at https://

www.xerox.com/en-us/printing-equipment.

Benefits of purchasing ENERGY STAR

qualified

products

www.energystar.gov

Environmental Benefits of Duplex Printing

Benefits of using lighter paper weights (60 g/m

) and

Recyclability

Cartridge disposal and treatment

Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives

https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs

Paper Types

This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper, approved to an environmental stewardship

scheme, which complies with EN1 2281 or a similar quality standard. Lighter weight paper (60 g/m

), which

contains less raw material and thus save resources per print, may be used in certain applications. We encourage you

to check if this is suitable for your printing needs.

European Union Lot 19 Eco-design Directive

Per European Commission Eco-design Directive, the light source contained within this product or its components is

intended to be used for Image Capture or Image Projection only and is not intended for use in other applications.

Power Consumption and Activation Time

The amount of electricity a product consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is designed and

configured to enable you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print, the device switches to Ready mode. In

this mode, the device can print again immediately. If the product is not used for a period of time, the device

switches to a Power Saver mode. In these modes, to enable reduced product power consumption, only essential

functions remain active.

The product takes slightly longer to produce the first print after it exits Power Saver mode than it takes in Ready

mode. This delay is the result of the system waking up from Power Saver mode and is typical of most imaging

products on the market.

You can set a longer activation time or completely deactivate the Power Saver mode. This device can take longer to

switch to a lower energy level.

To learn more about Xerox participation in sustainability initiatives, go to www.xerox.com/about-xerox/

environment/enus.html.

For additional information on energy or other related topics, go to www.xerox.com/about-xerox/environment/enus.

html or www.xerox.co.uk/about-xerox/environment/engb.html.

226

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Regulatory

GERMANY

Blendschutz

Das Gerät ist nicht für die Benutzung im unmittelbaren Gesichtsfeld am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz vorgesehen. Um

störende Reflexionen am Bildschirmarbeitsplatz zu vermeiden, darf dieses Produkt nicht im unmittelbaren

Gesichtsfeld platziert werden.

Larmemission

Maschinenlärminformatians-Verordnung3. GPSGV: Der höchste Schalldruckpegel beträgt 70 dB(A) oder weniger

gemäß EN ISO 7779.

Importeur

Xerox GmbH

Kesselstraße 3

40221 Düsseldorf

Deutschland

TURKEY ROHS REGULATION

In compliance with Article 7 (d). We hereby certify:

It is compliant with the EEE Regulation.

EEE yönetmeliğine uygundur.

REGULATORY INFORMATION FOR 2.4-GHZ WIRELESS LAN MODULE

This product contains a 2.4-GHz Wireless LAN radio transmitter module which complies with the requirements

specified in FCC Part 15, Industry Canada RSS-247 and European Council Directive 99/5/EC.

Operation of this device is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference.

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications to this device not specifically approved by the Xerox Corporation may void the user's

authority to operate this equipment.

The radio interfaces of this equipment operate within permitted frequency bands and comply with limits for RF

exposure and emissions defined by:

• RED 2014/53/EU

• ETSI EN 300 328 (Wi-Fi)

• ETSI EN 300 330 (NFC)

• Technical Regulation on Radio Equipment of Ukraine (Resolution No. 355)

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 227

Regulatory

WWiirreelleessss LLAANN ((WWii--FFii 22..44--GGHHzz))

This product includes a 2.4-GHz WLAN radio interface compliant with ETSI EN 300 328.

• Operating frequency range: 2400–2483.5 MHz

• Wireless standard: IEEE 802.11b/g/n

• Maximum RF output power (EIRP): ≤20 dBm

• Modulation:

– DSSS (802.11b)

– OFDM (802.11g/n)

NNFFCC IInntteerrffaaccee

This product includes an NFC interface compliant with ETSI EN 300 330.

• Operating frequency: 13.56 MHz

• Maximum magnetic field strength: in accordance with ETSI EN 300 330 requirements

• Supported functions: Short-range identification and communication

EURASIAN ECONOMIC UNION COMPLIANCE

The EAC mark applied to this product indicates certification for use on the markets of the Member

States of the Customs Union.

UKRAINE ROHS COMPLIANCE

Обладнання відповідаєвимогам Технічного регламенту щодо обмеження

використання деяких небезпечних речовин в електричному та електронному

обладнані, затвердженого постановою Кабінету Міністрів України від 3 грудня 2008 № 1057

(The equipment complies with requirements of the Technical Regulation, approved by the Resolution of Cabinet of

Ministry of Ukraine as of December 3, 2008, in terms of restrictions for the use of certain dangerous substances in

electrical and electronic equipment.)

SAFETY CERTIFICATION

This device is compliant with IEC and EN product safety standards certified by a National Regulatory Test

Laboratory (NRTL).

228

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Regulatory

Copy Regulations

UNITED STATES

Congress, by statute, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances. Penalties

of fine or imprisonment might be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.

1. Obligations or Securities of the United States Government, such as:

• Certificates of Indebtedness

• National Bank Currency

• Coupons from Bonds

• Federal Reserve Bank Notes

• Silver Certificates

• Gold Certificates

• United States Bonds

• Treasury Notes

• Federal Reserve Notes

• Fractional Notes

• Certificates of Deposit

• Paper Money

• Bonds and Obligations of certain agencies of the government, such as FHA, and so on.

• Bonds (U.S. Savings Bonds might be photographed only for publicity purposes in connection with the

campaign for the sale of such bonds.)

• Internal Revenue Stamps. If it is necessary to reproduce a legal document on which there is a canceled

revenue stamp, this may be done provided the reproduction of the document is performed for lawful

purposes.

• Postage Stamps, canceled or uncanceled. For philatelic purposes, Postage Stamps may be photographed,

provided the reproduction is in black and white and is less than 75 % or more than 150 % of the linear

dimensions of the original.

• Postal Money Orders.

• Bills, Checks, or Drafts of money drawn by or upon authorized officers of the United States.

• Stamps and other representatives of value, of whatever denomination, which have been or may be issued

under any Act of Congress.

• Adjusted Compensation Certificates for Veterans of the World Wars.

2. Obligations or Securities of any Foreign Government, Bank, or Corporation.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 229

Regulatory

3. Copyrighted materials, unless permission of the copyright owner has been obtained or the reproduction falls

within the fair use or library reproduction rights provisions of the copyright law.

Further information about these provisions may be obtained from the Copyright Office, Library of Congress,

Washington, D.C. 20559. Ask for Circular R21.

4. Certificate of Citizenship or Naturalization. Foreign Naturalization Certificates may be photographed.

5. Passports. Foreign Passports may be photographed.

6. Immigration papers.

7. Draft Registration Cards.

8. Selective Service Induction papers that bear any of the following registrant information:

• Earnings or Income

• Court Record

• Physical or Mental cCondition

• Dependency Status

• Previous Military Service

Exception: United States military discharge certificates may be photographed.

9. Badges, Identification Cards, Passes, or Insignia carried by military personnel, or by members of the various

Federal Departments, such as FBI, Treasure, and so on (Unless photograph is ordered by the head of such

department or bureau.)

Reproducing the following is also prohibited in certain states:

• Automobile Licenses

• Drivers Licenses

• Automobile Certificates of Title

The above list is not all inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt,

consult your attorney.

For more information about these provisions contact the Copyright Office, Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

20559. Ask for Circular R21.

CANADA

Parliament, by stature, has forbidden the reproduction of the following subjects under certain circumstances.

Penalties of fine or imprisonment might be imposed on those guilty of making such reproductions.

• Current bank notes or current paper money.

• Obligations or securities of a government or bank.

• Exchequer bill paper or revenue paper.

• The public seal of Canada or of a province, or the seal of a public body or authority in Canada, or of a court of

law.

• Proclamations, orders, regulations or appointments, or notices thereof (with intent to falsely cause same to

purport to have been printed by the Queens Printer for Canada, or the equivalent printer for a province).

230

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Regulatory

• Marks, brands, seals, wrappers, or designs used by or on behalf of the Government of Canada or of a province,

the government of a state other than Canada or a department, board, Commission or agency established by

the Government of Canada or of a province or of a government of a state other than Canada.

• Impressed or adhesive stamps used for the purpose of revenue by the Government of Canada or of a province

or by the government of a state other than Canada.

• Documents, registers or records kept by public officials charged with the duty of making or issuing certified

copies thereof, where the copy falsely purports to be a certified copy thereof.

• Copyrighted material or trademarks of any manner or kind without the consent of the copyright or trademark

owner.

This list is provided for your convenience and assistance, but it is not all-inclusive, and no liability is assumed for its

completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, consult your solicitor.

OTHER COUNTRIES

Copying certain documents might be illegal in your country. Penalties of fine or imprisonment might be imposed on

those found guilty of making such reproductions:

• Currency notes

• Bank notes and checks

• Bank and government bonds and securities

• Passports and identification cards

• Copyright material or trademarks without the consent of the owner

• Postage stamps and other negotiable instruments

This list is not inclusive and no liability is assumed for either its completeness or accuracy. In case of doubt, contact

your legal counsel.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 231

Regulatory

Fax Regulations

UNITED STATES

Fax Send Header Requirements

The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other

electronic device, including a fax machine, to send any message unless such message clearly contains in a margin

at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the date and time it is sent

and an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone

number of the sending machine or such business, other entity or individual. The telephone number provided may

not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local or long distance transmission charges.

Data Coupler Information

This device complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules and the requirements adopted by the Administrative Council for

Terminal Attachments (ACTA). On the cover of this device is a label that contains, among other information, a

device identifier in the format US:AAAEQ##TXXXX. If requested, this number must be provided to the Telephone

Company.

A plug and jack used to connect this device to the premises wiring and telephone network must comply with the

applicable FCC Part 68 rules and requirements adopted by the ACTA. A compliant telephone cord and modular plug

is provided with this device. It is designed to be connected to a compatible modular jack that is also compliant.

Refer to the installation instructions for details.

You may safely connect the machine to the following standard modular jack: USOC RJ-11C using the compliant

telephone line cord (with modular plugs) provided with the installation kit. Refer to the installation instructions for

details.

The Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) is used to determine the number of devices that can be connected to a

telephone line. Excessive RENs on a telephone line might result in the devices not ringing in response to an

incoming call. In most but not all areas, the sum of RENs must not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of

devices that can be connected to a line, as determined by the RENs, contact the local Telephone Company. For

products approved after July 23, 2001, the REN is part of the product identifier that has the format US:

AAAEQ##TXXXX. The digits represented by ## are the REN without a decimal point, for example, 03 is a REN of 0.3.

For earlier products, the REN is separately shown on the label.

To order the correct service from the local telephone company, you may also have to quote the codes listed below:

• Facility Interface Code (FIC) = 02LS2

• Service Order Code (SOC) = 9.0Y

Caution: Ask your local telephone company for the modular jack type installed on your line. Connecting

this machine to an unauthorized jack can damage telephone company equipment. You, not Xerox,

assume all responsibility and/or liability for any damage caused by the connection of this machine to an

unauthorized jack.

If this Xerox device causes harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company will notify you in advance that

temporary discontinuance of service may be required. But if advance notice is not practical, the Telephone

Company will notify the customer as soon as possible. Also, you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with

232

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Regulatory

the FCC if you believe it is necessary.

The Telephone Company may make changes in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect

the operation of the device. If this happens, the Telephone Company will provide advance notice in order for you to

make necessary modifications to maintain uninterrupted service.

If you experience trouble with this Xerox device, for repair or warranty information, contact the appropriate service

center, details of which are displayed either on the machine or contained within the User Guide. If the device is

causing harm to the telephone network, the Telephone Company may request that you disconnect the device until

the problem is resolved.

Only a Xerox Service Representative or an authorized Xerox Service provider is authorized to make repairs to the

printer. This applies at any time during or after the service warranty period. If unauthorized repair is performed, the

remainder of the warranty period is null and void.

This device must not be used on party lines. Connection to party line service is subject to state tariffs. Contact the

state public utility commission, public service commission or corporation commission for information.

Your office could have specially wired alarm equipment connected to the telephone line. Ensure that the installation

of this Xerox

equipment does not disable your alarm equipment.

If you have questions about what could disable alarm equipment, consult your Telephone Company or a qualified

installer.

CANADA

This product meets the applicable Industry Canada technical specifications.

A representative designated by the supplier must coordinate repairs to certified equipment. Repairs or alterations

made by the user to this device, or device malfunctions, might cause the telecommunications company to request

you to disconnect the equipment.

For user protection, ensure that the printer is properly grounded. The electrical ground connections of the power

utility, telephone lines, and internal metallic water pipe systems, if present, must be connected together. This

precaution can be vital in rural areas.

Warning: Do not attempt to make such connections yourself. Contact the appropriate electric inspection

authority, or electrician, to make the ground connection.

The REN assigned to each terminal device provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to

be connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface can consist of any combination of devices.

The only limitation to the number of devices is the requirement that the sum of the RENs of the devices does not

exceed 5. For the Canadian REN value, see the label on the equipment.

EUROPEAN UNION

Radio Equipment and Telecommunications Terminal Equipment Directive

The Facsimile has been approved in accordance with the Council Decision 1999/5/EC for pan-European single

terminal connection to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the

individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not give an unconditional assurance of

successful operation on every PSTN network terminal point.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 233

Regulatory

In the event of a problem, you must contact your authorized local dealer.

This product has been tested to and is compliant with ES 203 021-1, -2, -3, a specification for terminal equipment

for use on analog-switched telephone networks in the European Economic Area. This product provides a user-

adjustable setting of the country code. The country code must be set prior to connecting this product to the

network. Refer to the customer documentation for the procedure for setting the country code.

Note: Although this product can use either loop disconnect (pulse) or DTMF (tone) signaling, it is

recommended that it is set to use DTMF signaling. DTMF signaling provides reliable and faster call setup.

Modification of this device, connection to external control software or to external control apparatus not

authorized by Xerox, will invalidate its certification.

SOUTH AFRICA

This modem must be used in conjunction with an approved surge protection device.

NEW ZEALAND

1. The grant of a Telepermit for any item of terminal equipment indicates only that Telecom has accepted that the

item complies with minimum conditions for connection to its network. It indicates no endorsement of the

product by Telecom, it does not provide any sort of warranty, and it does not imply that any Telepermitted

product is compatible with all Telecom network services. Above all, it provides no assurance that any item will

work correctly in all respects with another item of Telepermitted equipment of a different make or model.

The equipment might not be capable of correct operation at the higher data speeds designated. 33.6 kbps and

56 kbps connections are likely to be restricted to lower bit rates when connected to some PSTN

implementations. Telecom will accept no responsibility for difficulties that arise in such circumstances.

2. Immediately disconnect this equipment if it becomes physically damaged, then arrange for its disposal or

repair.

3. This modem shall not be used in any manner which might constitute a nuisance to other Telecom customers.

4. This device is equipped with pulse dialing, while the Telecom standard is DTMF tone dialing. There is no

guarantee that Telecom lines will always continue to support pulse dialing.

5. Use of pulse dialing, when this equipment is connected to the same line as other equipment, can give rise to

bell tinkle, or noise, and cause a false answer condition. If you encounter such problems, do not contact the

Telecom Faults Service.

6. DTMF tone dialing is the preferred method, because it is faster than pulse (decadic) dialing, and is readily

available on almost all New Zealand telephone exchanges.

Warning: No ‘111’ or other calls can be made from this device during a mains power failure.

7. This equipment may not provide for the effective hand-over of a call to another device connected to the same

line.

234

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Regulatory

8. Some parameters required for compliance with Telecom Telepermit requirements are dependent on the

equipment (computer) associated with this device. The associated equipment shall be set to operate within the

following limits for compliance with Telecom Specifications:

For repeat calls to the same number:

• There shall be no more than 10 call attempts to the same number within any 30 minute period for any

single manual call initiation, and

• The equipment shall go on-hook for a period of not less than 30 seconds between the end of one attempt

and the beginning of the next attempt.

For automatic calls to different numbers:

• The equipment shall be set to ensure that automatic calls to different numbers are spaced such that there

are no less than five seconds between the end of one call attempt and the beginning of another.

9. For correct operation, total of the RENs of all devices connected to a single line at any time must not exceed

five.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 235

Regulatory

Safety Data Sheets

For Safety Data Sheets information regarding your printer, go to:

• Web Address: https://safetysheets.business.xerox.com/en-us/

• United States and Canada: 1-800-ASK-XEROX (1-800-275-9376)

• Other markets: Send an email request to [email protected].

236

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Regulatory

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 237

Recycling and Disposal

This chapter contains:

All Countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238

North America. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

European Union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Other Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

All Countries

If you are managing the disposal of your Xerox product, note that the printer might contain lead, mercury,

perchlorate, and other materials whose disposal can be regulated due to environmental considerations. The

presence of these materials is fully consistent with global regulations applicable at the time that the product was

placed on the market. For recycling and disposal information, contact your local authorities.

PERCHLORATE MATERIAL

This product may contain one or more Perchlorate-containing devices, such as batteries. Special handling might

apply. Refer to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

238

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Recycling and Disposal

North America

Xerox operates an equipment take-back and reuse/recycle program. Contact your Xerox representative (call 1-800-

ASK-XEROX) to determine if this Xerox product is part of the program.

For more information about Xerox environmental programs, go to https://www.xerox.com/en-us/about/ehs, or for

local recycling and disposal information, contact your local authorities.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 239

Recycling and Disposal

European Union

Some equipment might be used in both a domestic/household and a professional/business application.

DOMESTIC/HOUSEHOLD ENVIRONMENT

Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you must not dispose of the

equipment in the normal household waste stream.

In accordance with European legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to

disposal must be separated from household waste. Private households within EU member states

may return used electrical and electronic equipment to designated collection facilities free of

charge. Contact your local disposal authority for information. In some member states, when you

purchase new equipment, your local retailer may be required to take back your old equipment free

of charge. Ask your retailer for information.

PROFESSIONAL/BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Application of this symbol on your equipment is confirmation that you must dispose of this

equipment in compliance with agreed national procedures.

In accordance with European legislation, end of life electrical and electronic equipment subject to

disposal must be managed within agreed procedures. Prior to disposal, contact your local reseller or

Xerox representative for end of life take-back information.

COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL OF EQUIPMENT AND BATTERIES

These symbols indicate that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the

Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) Directive (2012/19/EU), the Battery Directive (2006/66/EC) and

national legislation implementing those Directives.

If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol shown below, in accordance with the Battery Directive, this

indicates that a heavy metal (Hg = Mercury, Cd = Cadmium, Pb = Lead) is present in this battery or accumulator at

a concentration above an applicable threshold specified in the Battery Directive.

Some equipment may be used in both a domestic/household and a professional/business application. Private

households within European Union may return used electrical and electronic equipment to designated collection

facilities free of charge. For more information about collection and recycling of old products and batteries, contact

your local municipality, your waste disposal service or the point of sale where you purchased the items. In some

member states, when you purchase new equipment, your local retailer may be required to take back your old

equipment free of charge. For more information, contact your retailer.

Business Users in the European Union, in accordance with European legislation, end of life electrical and electronic

equipment subject to disposal must be managed within agreed procedures. If you want to discard electrical and

electronic equipment, contact your dealer or supplier, local re-seller or Xerox representative for end of life take-back

information prior to disposal.

Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible impact on the environment and human health due

to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. Your cooperation in the correct disposal

240

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Recycling and Disposal

of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources.

Business Users in the European Union

If you want to discard electrical and electronic equipment, contact your dealer or supplier for further information.

Disposal Outside of the European Union

These symbols are only valid in the European Union. If you want to discard these items, contact your local

authorities or dealer and ask for the correct method of disposal.

BATTERY SYMBOL NOTE

This wheeled bin symbol might be used in combination with a chemical symbol. This establishes

compliance with the requirements set out by the Directive.

BATTERY REMOVAL

Batteries must only be replaced by a MANUFACTURER-approved service facility.

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide 241

Recycling and Disposal

Other Countries

Contact your local waste management authority to request disposal guidance.

242

Xerox

B105/B115 Multifunction Printer User Guide

Recycling and Disposal

Xerox B105 Multifunction Printer Compact Mono Laser All-in-One Fast 20ppm Print Scan Copy Mobile Ready Wi-Fi

Product's Documents

User Manual

Specifications

Xerox B105 Questions and Answers